# Blogged comparisons > Side by side comparisons of Blogged and the AI blogging, SEO writing, and content automation tools SaaS teams evaluate against it, with prices, publishing models, and honest trade-offs. These are vendor comparisons published by Blogged, which sells one of the products described. Competitor claims come from each vendor's own public pages on the review date stated in that section, and are recorded as "Not published" rather than "No" when the vendor makes no claim either way. Every comparison includes what the competitor does better than Blogged. Index: https://blogged.dev/compare Blogged overview: https://blogged.dev/llms.txt Corrections: hi@blogged.dev ## Comparisons covered - [Blogged vs Outrank](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-outrank): Outrank pushes AI SEO articles into WordPress, Webflow, or Shopify. Blogged plans, writes, and publishes to a blog site it hosts. Both start at $99 a month. - [Blogged vs SEObot](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seobot): SEObot syncs AI articles into nine CMS platforms from $49 a month for 9. Blogged plans, writes, and publishes to a blog site it hosts, from $99 for 30. - [Blogged vs RankBolt](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-rankbolt): RankBolt sells unlimited AI articles at 49 CHF a month, published into your CMS. Blogged plans, grounds, governs and measures a blog it hosts, from $99 a month. - [Blogged vs BlogSEO](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogseo): BlogSEO auto publishes AI articles into 22 CMS destinations or a hosted subdomain. Blogged writes, publishes and measures on a blog site it hosts, from $99. - [Blogged vs SEO Autopilot](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seo-autopilot): SEO Autopilot finds topics in Search Console and pushes posts into WordPress, Contentful, or Framer from $45 a month. Blogged hosts and measures the blog it writes, from $99. - [Blogged vs SeoVision](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seovision): SeoVision tracks whether ChatGPT and Gemini name your brand and publishes into your CMS. Blogged plans, writes, and hosts the blog itself, from $99 a month. - [Blogged vs Overrank](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-overrank): Overrank publishes one AI article a day, up to 30 a month, from $39. Blogged plans, governs, and publishes 30 posts a month from $99 on a blog site it hosts. - [Blogged vs BlogPilot](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogpilot): BlogPilot writes AI article clusters into WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify from $49. Blogged plans, writes and hosts the blog itself, from $99 a month. - [Blogged vs LotsBlog](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-lotsblog): LotsBlog hosts an agent run blog from $29 a month and meters monthly visits. Blogged hosts, governs and measures the blog it publishes, from $99 a month. - [Blogged vs auto-post.io](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-auto-post): auto-post.io publishes AI articles into WordPress, Wix, Webflow, or Payload from €9.99 a month. Blogged plans, writes, and hosts the blog itself, from $99. - [Blogged vs RankGoat](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-rankgoat): RankGoat writes your posts and exchanges dofollow links between member sites. Blogged hosts the blog itself, does no off site link building, and starts at $99. - [Blogged vs Next-Blog-AI](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-next-blog-ai): Next-Blog-AI feeds citation shaped posts into your Next.js app or CMS from $24 a month. Blogged plans, writes, and publishes to a blog site it hosts, from $99. - [Blogged vs RepublishAI](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-republishai): RepublishAI writes, illustrates and auto publishes into WordPress from $49 a month. Blogged hosts the blog it publishes to, from $99 a month for 30 posts. - [Blogged vs On-Page.ai](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-on-page-ai): On-Page.ai scans and optimizes pages you already have, from $129 a month. Blogged plans, writes, and publishes new posts to a blog site it hosts, from $99. - [Blogged vs BloggedAi](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-bloggedai): Blogged (blogged.dev) and BloggedAi (bloggedai.com) are unrelated products from different companies. Blogged publishes to a blog it hosts; BloggedAi sends HTML. - [Blogged vs looker.so](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-looker): looker.so tracks rankings, keywords, audits and AI mentions on any domain. Blogged writes and publishes the blog that moves them. Different jobs, often both. - [Blogged vs SEO Copilot](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seo-copilot): SEO Copilot is a twelve tool AI SEO suite where blogging is one tab. Blogged runs one blog end to end and hosts it. Compare scope, price, and publishing. - [Blogged vs One Blog a Day](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-oneblogaday): One Blog a Day writes posts and publishes them into WordPress, Shopify, or Wix from $29 a month. Blogged runs, hosts and measures the blog itself, from $99. - [Blogged vs Blogauto.ai](https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogauto): Blogauto.ai auto publishes AI articles into a WordPress site you run, from $29 a month. Blogged plans, writes, and publishes to a blog site it hosts, from $99. ## About these comparisons ### What is Blogged? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It researches topics, plans a content strategy, writes and optimizes posts for SEO and GEO, adds internal links, sources, and images, then schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain. Plans start at $99 per month per Project and every plan opens with a three day free trial. ### How is Blogged different from an AI article generator? An AI article generator produces text you then have to place, format, link, illustrate, publish, and measure somewhere else. Blogged runs the whole loop: strategy, topic supply, drafting, optimization, interlinking, imagery, scheduling, publication, and reporting all sit in one system, with governance that decides whether a post is allowed to go live. ### Are these comparisons impartial? No, and they say so on every page. These are vendor comparisons written by the Blogged team. Each page carries the date the competitor's public material was checked, links to that vendor so you can read their side, and includes a section on what the competitor does better than Blogged. ### How often are the comparisons updated? Each page states the month its competitor research was last verified. Pricing and feature claims about other products come from their own public pages on that date and can change without notice, so confirm anything that decides a purchase. ### Can I try Blogged before switching? Yes. Every plan starts with a three day free trial, and Blogged can start from your website, a product description, or product documents, so you do not need an existing blog to see what it publishes. ## Blogged vs Outrank URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-outrank Competitor: Outrank (https://outrank.so) Category: AI SEO article generation and off site link building, published into a CMS you already run Their positioning: Outrank sells daily SEO articles plus off site authority in one subscription. It researches keywords, builds a 30 day plan, writes and schedules articles, generates on brand images, and pushes finished posts into WordPress, Webflow, Shopify and seven other destinations. A reciprocal backlink exchange is included in the base plan, and directory submissions, a free tools builder and human editing are sold on top. Their pricing: $99 a month, or $999 a year, for the single All in One plan, which buys 30 articles a month for one site. The pricing page shows $99 as a reduction from a $200 list price. 60 articles a month is an $85 add on and 90 is $160, both on top of the $99 base. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress, WordPress.com, Webflow, Shopify, Wix, Ghost, Framer, Notion, a self hosted Next.js starter, or a webhook. Outrank does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and Outrank? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. Outrank is an AI SEO service that generates articles and publishes them into a CMS you already run, such as WordPress, Webflow, or Shopify, and includes a reciprocal backlink exchange. The sharpest difference is who owns the destination. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. Outrank: An AI SEO service that generates daily articles, builds off site links, and delivers the articles into a site you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. Outrank: One click publishing into ten destinations, including WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Notion and a webhook. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. Outrank: $99 a month, or $999 a year, for the one All in One plan. Unlimited users in the organization. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. Outrank: 30 articles a month included. 60 is an $85 add on and 90 is $160, so $184 and $259 all in. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. Outrank: Sign up and see keyword research and generated articles before subscribing. Trial articles carry a watermark. No trial length is published. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. Outrank: Teams with a CMS they are keeping, who want daily articles and off site link building on one bill. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose Outrank if - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify or Ghost and it is not moving. Outrank publishes into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You want backlinks in the same subscription. Outrank includes a reciprocal exchange at $99 and sells Premium and Enterprise link plans and a $500 directory run on top. - You want to see real output before you pay. Outrank lets you sign up, run keyword research and generate watermarked articles first. Blogged asks for a card and gives you 3 days. - You publish outside English. Outrank states articles in more than 150 languages. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. - You run an online store. Outrank writes around your actual products, turns product photos into lifestyle images, and publishes into the Shopify blog. Blogged is built for SaaS. ### What Outrank does better than Blogged - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress, WordPress.com, Webflow, Shopify, Wix, Ghost, Framer, Notion, a self hosted Next.js starter and a webhook are all supported. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that is the end of the conversation. - Off site authority is part of the product. The reciprocal Backlink Exchange is included at $99, with Premium at $199 a month, Enterprise at $899 a month, and a one time $500 directory submission run whose reach Outrank states two ways, as more than 100 curated directories on its pricing table and more than 350 on its product page. Blogged does no link building of any kind and does not plan to. - You can see output before you pay for it. Outrank lets you sign up, run keyword research and generate articles first, with a watermark on trial articles and no published time limit. Blogged's trial is 3 days and takes a card at checkout, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment. - It is programmable. Outrank documents a REST API covering sites, keywords, article generation, publishing retries and Search Console, plus an npm CLI written for coding agents. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not a content API you can drive end to end. - It writes in more than 150 languages, one setting per site. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability, so a team publishing outside English has no route to it. - It sells adjacent services Blogged does not offer at all: a Free Tools Builder that deploys interactive lead generation tools on your own domain, and a Human Curated add on that puts in house editors on fact checking and polish before publication. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. Outrank: Yes. Outrank builds a 30 day keyword plan from a scan of your niche, and states keyword research is unlimited, with a chat mode that pulls live volume and difficulty onto the calendar. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. Outrank: Not published. Outrank scans your site at setup to map audience and competitors. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. Outrank: Partial. Competitors are analyzed when Outrank builds the keyword plan and the tools keyword list. No public page describes ongoing monitoring with a signal feed you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. Outrank: Partial. The 30 day content plan can be reviewed, swapped, reordered, locked or paused. It is a schedule of keywords rather than a rule set that generation is checked against. - Free tools and programmatic pages as an acquisition channel Blogged: No. Blogged produces blog posts. There is no bulk programmatic page generator and no interactive tool builder. Outrank: Yes. The Free Tools Builder deploys one interactive SEO tool a week onto your own domain, branded and sitemapped, from $199 a month on top of the plan. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. Outrank: Partial. Articles are written to a stated template: optimized title, meta description, H2 and H3 structure, keyword placement and a 1,200 to 1,700 word floor. No per article score is published. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. Outrank: Yes. Outrank states that every article automatically includes strategic internal or external links, and embeds relevant YouTube videos. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. Outrank: Not published. Outrank's documented webhook payload carries title, content, meta description, image, tags and timestamps, with no sources field. Its public pages do not state whether claims are cited. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. Outrank: Partial. Outrank generates on brand AI images in chosen styles and colors and inserts them as in body and featured images. For stores it turns product photos into lifestyle images. Premium Images is a $49 a month add on. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. Outrank: Yes. Outrank states articles can be generated in more than 150 languages, set per site in the output settings. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Outrank: Yes. In a CMS you already run, across ten destinations including WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Notion and a signed webhook. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. Outrank: Yes. A WordPress.org plugin paired with an integration token, a native Ghost API connection, Webflow and Framer plugins, and API connections for Wix, Notion, Shopify and WordPress.com. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. Outrank: Partial. Outrank offers a self hosted Next.js blog starter with several designs, but you install the package, configure Tailwind, deploy and maintain it. Otherwise the design is whatever your CMS already has. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. Outrank: Yes. You pick a cadence of 8, 30, 60 or 90 articles a month and the days they go live, and can scale up or down at any time. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. A published post stays editable by hand with no cap, and AI regeneration of a post is metered at 1 to 3 per post depending on plan. Revision history keeps manual and publication snapshots with selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. Outrank: Yes. Improvements reads Search Console to find low CTR, declining and nearly ranking articles, schedules rewrites up to twice a week, and Outrank states rewrites do not draw down the monthly article allowance. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. Outrank: Yes. Outrank requires a Search Console connection for Improvements, and its API exposes performance analysis, cannibalization detection and URL inspection. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. Outrank: No. Outrank does not own the destination site, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your CMS already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. Outrank: No. Outrank delivers articles into a site it does not own, so signup forms belong to your CMS. It publishes a free standing CTA text generator, which is a different thing. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. Outrank: Partial. You can pre create and preview a scheduled article up to seven days ahead, edit it, or have it land as an unpublished draft in your CMS. The controls are review and scheduling, not a check that stops a publication on its own. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. Outrank: Yes. The reciprocal Backlink Exchange places your links in other members' articles and theirs in yours, with credits weighted by Domain Rating, plus paid Premium and Enterprise tiers above it. ### Outrank publishes into your CMS. Blogged is the destination. Outrank's design assumes you already run a site it can push into, and it supports ten destinations to do it. Blogged assumes the opposite: it builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That one decision sets almost everything else on this page. It is why Blogged can report on what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool for a team that just rebuilt its site in Webflow and is not moving the blog. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - Outrank: One click publishing into WordPress, WordPress.com, Webflow, Shopify, Wix, Ghost, Framer and Notion. - Outrank: A signed webhook and a documented REST API for anything not on that list. - Outrank: A self hosted Next.js blog starter with several designs for teams that want their own front end. - Outrank: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. ### Review before publishing, or a system that can refuse Both products let a person look at an article before it appears, and it would be unfair to say otherwise. Outrank does it with a plan you can lock, a preview up to seven days ahead, and a draft mode that lands the post unpublished in your CMS. Blogged does it with rules: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says. The difference is who is responsible for catching the bad post. With Outrank it is you, reading drafts. With Blogged the system has a stated reason to stop and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - Outrank: Scheduled articles can be pre created and previewed up to seven days ahead. - Outrank: Draft mode delivers the post unpublished so you approve it in the tool you already use. - Outrank: The 30 day plan can be edited, reordered, locked or paused, per site or per client. - Outrank: Improvements wait in an inbox for approval unless you switch on auto push. ### A keyword and a voice sample, or a fact base that is maintained Outrank starts from your site: it scans it once to map audience and competitors, learns tone from published pieces you share, then writes to the keyword sitting on the calendar. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead, holding source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and it excludes stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries from normal reuse. Blogged also states the limit plainly: grounding constrains the context a model reuses, it does not guarantee every generated claim is correct. If your product changes often and the articles have to keep up, the maintained fact base matters more than the word count. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - Outrank: A setup scan maps your audience and competitors, so there is very little to brief. - Outrank: Brand voice is matched from published pieces you supply. - Outrank: Keyword research is unlimited, including a chat mode with live volume and difficulty data. - Outrank: A Human Curated add on, listed at $1,399 a month, puts in house editors on fact checking and polish. ### Off site authority, or a blog you can follow to a lead Outrank spends part of the $99 away from your blog. The reciprocal Backlink Exchange places your links inside other members' articles and theirs inside yours, credits are weighted by Domain Rating, and Premium, Enterprise and a $500 directory run are sold on top. Blogged spends the same $99 on the destination: the site, the CTAs on it, and reporting that follows a reader from a CTA view to a lead or a subscriber. Whether a reciprocal link network belongs in your program is a judgment about your own risk tolerance, but it is a real capability that Blogged has no answer to, and the two products are optimizing different numbers. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - Outrank: The Backlink Exchange is included in the base plan, with a view of where your links landed. - Outrank: Premium at $199 a month and Enterprise at $899 a month add volume above the included tier. - Outrank: A one time $500 directory submission run, listed as more than 100 curated directories on the pricing table and more than 350 on the product page. - Outrank: A publisher marketplace pays qualifying sites to host sponsored articles, at $1 per point of Domain Rating. ### Switching from Outrank to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations. 2. Bring the articles Outrank already published. Export from your CMS and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If Outrank was publishing into WordPress at an existing path, map the redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is Outrank better than Blogged? It depends on where your blog lives. If it is already in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify or Ghost and moving it is off the table, Outrank is the better buy, because Blogged cannot publish into any of them. If you have no blog yet, or you want the site, the CTAs and the conversion reporting handled in one place, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best Outrank alternative? That depends which half of Outrank you are replacing. For pushing articles into an existing CMS, SEObot and BlogSEO cover similar ground at similar prices. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting. ### How much does Outrank cost compared with Blogged? Both start at $99 a month. Outrank's All in One plan buys 30 articles a month for one site, or $999 a year. Blogged Starter buys 30 posts and 40 Topics, or $990 a year. Above entry they diverge: Outrank prices 60 articles as an $85 add on and 90 as $160, while Blogged Growth is $169 and Ultra Growth is $229. Both include unlimited team seats. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, Outrank does that and Blogged does not. ### Does Blogged build backlinks the way Outrank's exchange does? No. Blogged does no off site link building: no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. It covers strategy, writing, optimization, internal linking, imagery, publishing and measurement on the blog it hosts. If a reciprocal link network is part of your plan, that is a reason to keep Outrank or to source links elsewhere. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with Outrank's? Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. Outrank lets you sign up and see keyword research and generated articles before subscribing, with a watermark on trial articles, and does not publish a time limit on that. If evaluating slowly matters to you, that is a genuine advantage for Outrank and worth saying plainly. ### What is the catch with letting Blogged host the blog? You do not own the platform the blog runs on, and leaving means moving content and URLs. Blogged lowers that cost by exporting posts as a Markdown download or copy and by keeping revision history with selective restore, but it is still a real dependency. It is the main thing to weigh before choosing a hosted blog over a CMS you control. ### Can Blogged run several sites the way Outrank runs several products? Yes, as separate Projects, with a discount by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent, and 11 to 20 take 20 percent, up to 20 Projects in a workspace. Outrank applies a similar curve across sites and quotes custom pricing beyond 25, so a large agency reaches the Blogged ceiling first. ## Blogged vs SEObot URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seobot Competitor: SEObot (https://seobotai.com) Category: Autonomous AI SEO agent that writes articles and syncs them into a CMS you already run Their positioning: SEObot sells the removal of SEO work from a founder's week. It onboards from a URL, builds a per site taxonomy, suggests headlines you approve or decline, writes articles of about 3,000 words with internal links, images and embedded video, checks them against sourced research, and syncs them into one of nine CMS platforms or your own front end by API. Programmatic pages, news posts, interactive SEO tools and reciprocal backlink credits sit alongside the article stream. It is one of the better known names in the category and reports 200,000 articles created across all customers. Their pricing: $49 a month for 9 articles, published only in the help center rather than on a pricing page. The ladder continues at $99 for 20 articles, $199 for 50, $499 for 100 plus 20 directory listings, $570 for 150 and $1,050 for 300, with $3.50 an article for agencies ordering 300 or more. No annual price is published and no free trial is offered, though the terms of service reserve the option of one. Article credits carry over and do not expire. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion, HubSpot or Unicorn Platform. Otherwise a REST API, an npm package for Next.js, or webhooks, where SEObot stores the articles and you build the front end. SEObot does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and SEObot? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. SEObot is an autonomous SEO agent that writes articles and syncs them into a CMS you already run, such as WordPress, Webflow, or Shopify. The sharpest difference is who owns the destination. SEObot starts at $49 a month for nine articles; Blogged starts at $99 per Project for 30 posts. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. SEObot: An autonomous SEO agent that researches, writes and syncs articles, programmatic pages, news posts and interactive tools into a site you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. SEObot: A sync into WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion, HubSpot or Unicorn Platform, or into your own front end through a REST API, an npm package or webhooks. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. SEObot: $49 a month on the homepage, with the article counts and the rest of the ladder published in the help center rather than on a pricing page. No annual price is published. Credits carry over and do not expire. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. SEObot: 9 articles at $49, 20 at $99, 50 at $199, 100 at $499, 150 at $570 and 300 at $1,050. Credits split across several websites. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. SEObot: None offered, though SEObot's terms reserve the right to run one without publishing a duration or scope. SEObot's FAQ offers a full refund on the $49 plan if you get in touch after the first article and are not satisfied, while its Terms of Service limit refunds to unused credits within seven days of purchase, and it shows sample articles on the subscription screen. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. SEObot: Founders and agencies with sites they already run, who want a high volume article stream, programmatic pages and tools across several properties. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You want more published work for the same money. At $99 SEObot's plan is 20 articles a month and Blogged Starter is 30 posts, with the site, the images and the reporting included rather than bolted on. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports Search Console metrics alongside CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, rather than autopilot running by default. - The articles have to be right about your own product, and show it. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, and Assets places approved screenshots of the real product with your approved logo composited after generation. ### Choose SEObot if - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion or HubSpot and it is not moving. SEObot syncs into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You run several sites. One SEObot subscription splits its article credits across websites and unused credits carry into the next cycle, where Blogged is priced per Project with a monthly cap on each. - You want more than blog posts. SEObot builds programmatic page sets from a data schema and template, generates news articles, turns YouTube videos into posts, and ships interactive SEO tools. Blogged does none of those. - You publish outside English. SEObot states 50 or more languages, set per site. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. - You want to start small and cheaply. $49 a month buys nine articles with a refund path on that plan, against $99 and a 3 day trial with a card at Blogged. ### What SEObot does better than Blogged - It syncs into the CMS you already run. WordPress with three connection routes, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion, HubSpot and Unicorn Platform are all native, with a REST API, webhooks and an npm package for anything else. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that ends the conversation. - The commercial model suits several properties at once. Article credits can be distributed across websites from one subscription, unused credits carry over rather than expiring, and articles stay accessible after cancellation. Blogged is billed per Project with a monthly post allowance on each, so a portfolio of small sites costs more to run on Blogged. - It produces content types Blogged has no answer to. A pSEO project generates a whole page set from one headline template, one data schema and one Handlebars template. A news module finds stories and drafts them. It converts YouTube videos into articles, and generates interactive SEO tools to attract links. Blogged produces blog posts only. - It writes in 50 or more languages, set per site, where Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. That leaves a team publishing outside English with no route on Blogged at all. - It is genuinely programmable. A documented REST API returns your articles as HTML and Markdown, an Add Headlines endpoint queues work with a brief attached, a Scheduled Headlines endpoint exposes the queue and remaining credits, and webhooks fire on creation and update. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not a content API you can drive end to end. - It links out to your product pages, not only across the blog. The Link Hub collects your site's pages from your sitemap and Search Console and links articles into them, and it publishes how it calculates its own Domain Rank. Blogged only owns the blog, so its internal linking stays inside the blog. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. SEObot: Yes. Onboarding researches the site, audience and keywords, then SEObot suggests headlines in batches of ten for you to approve or decline. An Add Headlines API queues your own, with a brief of up to 5,000 characters attached. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. SEObot: Partial. Settings store a summary, blog theme, key features and benefits, pricing and target audience, and each headline can carry custom context. It is a briefing layer rather than a store of verified facts with freshness and conflict handling. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. SEObot: Partial. Competitors are analyzed while SEObot plans topics, and the documented competitor setting runs the other way: a list of names, URLs and YouTube channels to keep out of articles. No public page describes a monitoring feed you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. SEObot: Partial. A per site taxonomy sets the boundaries SEObot suggests headlines within, and categories can be added or disabled. It shapes what gets proposed rather than gating what may be published. - Programmatic pages and interactive tools as a channel Blogged: No. Blogged produces blog posts. There is no bulk programmatic page generator, no interactive tool builder and no news module. SEObot: Yes. A pSEO project builds a page set from one headline template, one data schema and one Handlebars HTML template. A separate module drafts news articles, and SEObot also generates interactive SEO calculators and checkers. ### Writing and optimization - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. Blogged states the boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. SEObot: Yes. SEObot states fact checking with citation of sources and an anti hallucination reflection pass over scraped search research. Reference numbers appear once you turn on source citations in advanced settings and resync the articles. - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. SEObot: Not published. Articles average about 3,000 words and run to 4,000, with headings, tables, lists, links, images and embedded video. No public page states whether a per article score or blocker list exists, and there is no length setting. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. Blogged owns the blog only, so linking stays inside it. SEObot: Yes. The Link Hub collects your pages from your sitemap and Search Console, so articles link into your product pages as well as each other. External links are nofollow unless you allow them, and articles are re-linked monthly. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. SEObot: Partial. AI images are generated to a branding prompt set once per site, alongside inserted search images and embedded video. The help center states there is currently no way to regenerate an image, and replacing one means pasting your own into the editor. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. SEObot: Yes. SEObot states 50 or more languages. The setting is global per site rather than per article, so you switch language and generate another batch, and multilingual site structure is left to your CMS. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. SEObot: Yes. In a CMS you already run, across nine platforms, or in a front end you build yourself against SEObot's REST API and npm package, or wherever a webhook sends it on creation and update. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. SEObot: Yes. WordPress connects three ways, by application password, a downloadable plugin or WordPress.com sign in, and Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion, HubSpot and Unicorn Platform are native. Squarespace is documented only as a manual WordPress bridge. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. SEObot: No. SEObot stores the articles and hands them over. The design is whatever your CMS already has, or whatever you build on the REST API, and the Next.js example repository is a starting point you deploy and maintain yourself. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. SEObot: Yes. Advanced settings cap how many articles are generated per day, week or month, an auto publish toggle decides whether posts arrive live or as drafts, and an API returns the queue in the order it will be worked. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. SEObot: Partial. SEObot re-links its own articles monthly and describes a loop that monitors and refreshes. Its help center is explicit that it creates new content only and cannot edit or rewrite pages and posts it did not create itself. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. SEObot: Partial. Search Console connects with any email that has access and feeds the Link Hub and optimization. No public page describes a clicks, impressions, CTR or position report you can read inside SEObot. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. SEObot: Not published. SEObot renders CTAs on your blog through a script tag you add to your CMS. No public page describes CTA or conversion reporting, and because the destination is not SEObot's, analytics stay with whatever your site already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. SEObot: Partial. A banner script placed on your CMS pages renders SEObot CTAs inside published articles, documented for Wix, Ghost and WordPress. No public page describes newsletter signup or lead capture forms. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. SEObot: Partial. SEObot states it runs on autopilot by default. You can approve or decline suggested headlines, ask for an email list of articles to accept or decline, and switch off auto publish so posts arrive as drafts. Those are review controls, not a check that stops a publication. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. SEObot: Partial. Each new article earns one backlink credit, which the help center describes as an attempt to place a link from SEObot's article pool rather than a guaranteed placement, and enabling it means allowing dofollow links inside your own articles. The $499 plan adds 20 directory listings a month. ### SEObot syncs into a site you run. Blogged is the site. SEObot assumes you already have somewhere to put the articles, and it supports that assumption better than almost anyone: nine native CMS connections, three separate routes into WordPress alone, plus webhooks and a REST API for everything else. Blogged assumes the opposite. It builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That single decision explains most of this page. It is why Blogged can report what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool for a team whose blog is already in Webflow and staying there. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - SEObot: Native sync into WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, Framer, Notion, HubSpot and Unicorn Platform. - SEObot: A REST API returning HTML and Markdown, plus an npm package and a Next.js example for a front end you own. - SEObot: Webhooks fire on article creation and update, so anything unsupported can still be automated. - SEObot: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. ### The cheaper headline is nine articles a month SEObot leads with $49 and Blogged leads with a higher number, so the price comparison looks settled until you read what each buys. SEObot's $49 plan is nine articles a month, and its own ladder reaches 20 articles at $99, which is the same price as Blogged Starter and fewer published posts. There is no public pricing page to check this against: the ladder lives in one help center article, and the site says the full list appears after you onboard a website. Where SEObot is genuinely better value is across properties, because credits carry over, never expire and can be split between websites, while Blogged bills per Project with a monthly cap on each. SEObot does say that a site without its own subscription gives up automatic internal link updates, page monitoring and Search Console optimization, so the saving is real but not free. For one blog the comparison favors Blogged, and for six small sites it does not. - Blogged: $99 a month per Project buys 30 posts, 40 Topics and 150 images, with the hosted site included. - Blogged: $169 buys 60 posts and $229 buys 90, and every plan carries the same capabilities. - Blogged: Prices, plan limits and the annual rate are published on the pricing page before you sign up. - Blogged: Multi Project discounts by position, 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10, 20 percent on 11 to 20. - SEObot: $49 a month is the lowest entry point of the two, and the refund on that plan lowers the risk further. - SEObot: Article credits carry over between cycles, never expire, and survive cancellation. - SEObot: One subscription can spread its credits across several websites rather than paying per site, though SEObot states that a site without its own subscription loses automatic internal link updates, page monitoring and Search Console based optimization. - SEObot: At high volume the unit price falls to $3.50 an article for agencies ordering 300 or more. ### Checked against the web, or bound to facts about your product Both products cite sources, and any comparison that says otherwise is wrong. SEObot scrapes search results, researches the topic, runs a reflection pass it describes as anti hallucination, and renders numbered references once you enable source citations. That verifies the article against the open web at the moment it is written. Blogged's Knowledge Engine works in the other direction: it stores source bound facts about your own product, your competitors and your keywords, each with an official source, and monitors them for staleness and conflict so that superseded entries drop out of reuse. The question that separates them is whether your risk is a wrong fact about the world or a wrong fact about you. Blogged is explicit that grounding constrains what a model can reuse and does not certify that every generated claim is correct. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - SEObot: Google search scraping and research feed each article, with a reflection pass over the result. - SEObot: Numbered source references render in published articles once the setting is enabled. - SEObot: Per headline custom context of up to 5,000 characters carries facts, inclusions and exclusions into generation. - SEObot: A competitor exclusion list keeps named rivals, their URLs and their videos out of articles. ### Autopilot by default, or a system that has to be allowed to publish SEObot states that it runs on full autopilot by default and that you can take control if you want it: approve or decline suggested headlines, ask for an email list of articles to accept or decline, or switch off auto publish so posts land in your CMS as drafts. SEObot presents those as controls you reach for rather than defaults you inherit, and every one of them puts a person in the path. Blogged inverts the default. Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says. The practical difference is who catches the post that should not have gone out. With SEObot that is you, if you turned the review on, and with Blogged the system has a stated reason to stop and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - SEObot: Suggested headlines are approved or declined before anything is written against them. - SEObot: Auto publish can be switched off so articles arrive in your CMS as drafts for review. - SEObot: SEObot can email you a list of pending articles to accept or decline. - SEObot: A scheduled headlines endpoint shows exactly what is queued, in the order it will be generated. ### Switching from SEObot to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. That is where the setup time goes, instead of into application passwords and API permission scopes. 2. Pull the articles SEObot already wrote. SEObot states you keep access to previously generated articles after cancelling, and its editor copies article content out as rich text, HTML or Markdown, so the export is straightforward. Import them into Blogged as Markdown, preserving the body exactly or using a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and stop the double publish. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. Before traffic moves, disconnect the SEObot integration or switch off auto publish so two systems are not writing to the same blog, remove the SEObot banner script from your CMS, and map redirects from the old article URLs. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, which is the reverse of SEObot's default and worth a couple of weeks of attention. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is SEObot better than Blogged? It depends on how many sites you run and where they live. If your blog sits in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify or Ghost and moving it is off the table, or you are feeding several properties from one budget, SEObot is the better buy, because Blogged publishes into none of them. If you want one blog planned, hosted, governed and measured in one place, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best SEObot alternative? That depends which part of SEObot you are replacing. For syncing articles into an existing CMS at a similar price, Outrank and BlogSEO cover the same ground. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site instead of pushing into yours. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting. ### How much does SEObot cost compared with Blogged? SEObot starts at $49 a month for nine articles, rising through $99 for 20, $199 for 50, $499 for 100 and $1,050 for 300. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts, Growth is $169 for 60 and Ultra Growth is $229 for 90, or $990 a year at entry. At the shared $99 line SEObot buys 20 articles and Blogged buys 30 posts. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, SEObot connects to it three different ways and Blogged does not connect at all. ### Does SEObot really fact check articles and cite sources? Yes. SEObot researches from search results, runs a reflection pass it describes as anti hallucination, and renders numbered references in published articles once you enable source citations in advanced settings. That checks the article against the open web as it is written. Blogged's Knowledge Engine instead maintains verified facts about your own product, with freshness and conflict controls, so the two guard against different mistakes. ### What do SEObot's published traffic numbers mean for my site? SEObot's homepage reports more than 200,000 articles created, 1.2 billion impressions and 30 million clicks, and further down the same page reports 0.6 billion impressions and 15 million clicks. Those are self reported totals across every customer since launch, with no audit or methodology published, so they say more about the product's reach than about your likely outcome. SEObot's own FAQ is candid that article quality varies against human writers. Judge either tool on your own Search Console numbers. ### Why is Blogged more expensive than SEObot to start? Blogged is $99 a month per Project against SEObot's $49, and the trial is 3 days with a card taken at checkout where SEObot offers a refund on its entry plan after the first article. What the higher price buys is 30 posts rather than nine, plus the hosted site, images and conversion reporting. If you want to evaluate slowly and cheaply, SEObot is the easier start. ### Can Blogged run several sites the way SEObot splits credits? Only as separate Projects, each with its own subscription and its own monthly post allowance, discounted by position: 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10 and 20 percent on 11 to 20, up to 20 Projects. SEObot pools credits from one subscription across websites and carries unused credits forward, which is the cheaper structure for a portfolio of small sites. ## Blogged vs RankBolt URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-rankbolt Competitor: RankBolt (https://rankbolt.ai) Category: Flat rate AI article generation with daily auto publishing into a CMS you already run Their positioning: RankBolt sells one plan with unlimited article generation. It reads your site at signup to map niche, audience and competitors, finds keywords, groups them into topic clusters, fills a content calendar, writes articles with images, internal links and metadata, and publishes them into WordPress or Shopify on a daily cadence. A CLI called Agent Mode drives the same product from Claude Code, Cursor or Windsurf in natural language. It is a product of Cappsule, a Geneva company. Their pricing: 49 CHF a month for the single Pro plan, in Swiss francs rather than dollars, with a yearly option advertised at 17 percent off. It buys unlimited article generation, and the plan card states one article published every day and one connected site per subscription. Agency pricing is not published. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run. WordPress, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live, with a REST API and webhooks for anything else. RankBolt does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and RankBolt? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. RankBolt is an AI blog writer that generates unlimited articles on one flat plan at 49 CHF a month and publishes them into WordPress or Shopify. RankBolt wins on raw volume and on price. The sharpest difference is what a post is grounded in and what is allowed to stop it. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. RankBolt: A flat rate AI blog writer that generates articles in bulk and auto publishes them into a site you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. RankBolt: Into your own CMS. WordPress, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live, with a REST API and webhooks for other platforms. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, in US dollars. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. RankBolt: 49 CHF a month for the one Pro plan, quoted in Swiss francs, with a yearly option at 17 percent off. No per seat fees. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. RankBolt: Unlimited article generation, with no fair use clause or rate limit published in the terms. The plan card states one article published every day on autopilot. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. RankBolt: 3 days, the same length, with no card required at signup. Four SEO tools on the site need no account at all. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, grounded, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. RankBolt: Teams with a WordPress or Shopify site they are keeping, who want the highest article count per franc. ### Choose Blogged if - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. A daily cadence makes that compound in either direction. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, rather than leaving every draft for a person to catch. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose RankBolt if - Volume is the constraint you are trying to remove. RankBolt puts no published cap on generation for 49 CHF a month, while Blogged Starter is 30 posts for $99. If you want a hundred articles this quarter, Blogged cannot sell you that at entry and RankBolt can. - Your blog already lives in WordPress, WordPress.com or Shopify and it is not moving. RankBolt publishes into all three and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You want to look before you pay anything. RankBolt gives 3 days with no card at signup, plus a title generator, meta description generator, outline generator and SEO checker that need no account. Blogged takes a card at checkout for its 3 days. - You want to drive the tool from your terminal. RankBolt's Agent Mode installs a skill file and an API key so Claude Code, Cursor or Windsurf can write, audit, upload and publish in natural language. Blogged has no equivalent. - You publish outside English. RankBolt states 40 or more languages on the plan card. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. ### What RankBolt does better than Blogged - It is cheaper and it does not cap output. One plan at 49 CHF a month with unlimited article generation, against $99 for 30 posts on Blogged Starter. Even at Blogged's $229 tier the ceiling is 90 posts a month. On articles per unit of spend this is not close, and no amount of argument about quality changes the arithmetic. - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress self hosted, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live, with a REST API and webhooks for anything else. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that ends the conversation. - You can evaluate it without a card. RankBolt's trial is 3 days, the same length as Blogged's, but takes no payment details at signup, and four of its SEO tools run on the marketing site without an account. Blogged asks for a card at checkout. - It is drivable from a coding agent. Agent Mode installs with one command, stores an API key locally and exposes a skill file so Claude Code, Cursor or Windsurf can generate articles, run an SEO audit, manage drafts, upload images and publish, all in natural language. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not an agent surface you can operate the product through. - It writes in 40 or more languages, set per site. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability, so a team publishing outside English has no route to it. - It is built for running several blogs at once, with a shared media library, per site brand voice and a unified calendar, and it advertises automatic volume discounts for agencies. Blogged bills per Project with a fixed discount curve and a ceiling of 20 Projects in a workspace. ### Strategy and grounding - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. RankBolt: Yes. RankBolt reads your URL at signup to map niche, audience and target keywords, groups related terms into topic clusters, and picks the next keyword to target each day so the calendar fills itself. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. RankBolt: No. RankBolt analyzes your site during onboarding and researches each article against current search results. No stored fact base is described, so nothing carries a source, a freshness state or a conflict record between articles. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. RankBolt: Partial. Competitors are read at onboarding, and each article is modeled on the pages currently ranking for its keyword. No public page describes ongoing monitoring with a signal feed you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. RankBolt: Partial. A visual content calendar lets you plan, reorder and schedule what goes out, and brand voice is set per site. It is a schedule and a tone setting rather than a rule set that generation is checked against. - Free tools and programmatic pages as an acquisition channel Blogged: No. Blogged produces blog posts. There is no bulk programmatic page generator and no interactive tool builder. RankBolt: Partial. RankBolt runs four free tools on its own marketing site, a title generator, a meta description generator, an outline generator and an SEO checker. They are lead generation for RankBolt rather than something it builds on your domain. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. RankBolt: Partial. Articles are written against live search results and auto generate meta titles, descriptions, keywords and heading structure. A standalone SEO checker scores any URL, but no per article readiness score is published inside the writing flow. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. RankBolt: Yes. RankBolt states articles automatically link to each other, and groups related keywords into clusters of connected articles to build topical depth. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. RankBolt: Yes. RankBolt states that verified facts and trustworthy sources are cited in each article. The citations are researched per article rather than drawn from a fact base you maintain and approve. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. RankBolt: Partial. RankBolt generates featured and inline images with Google Imagen and ships a media library with folders where you can upload and reuse your own files. Nothing discovers or captures visuals from your site for you. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. RankBolt: Yes. The plan card states 40 or more languages, with research and articles tailored to the target country and language. The About page states a higher figure, so confirm the language you need. ### Publishing and destination - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. RankBolt: Yes. In a CMS you already run. WordPress self hosted, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live, with a REST API and webhooks for platforms not on the list. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. RankBolt: Yes. WordPress, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live destinations. Webflow and Wix appear as supported on the plan card and as coming soon in the integrations section, so confirm Webflow before buying for it. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. RankBolt: No. RankBolt delivers posts into a site you already own, so the design, theme and templates are whatever your CMS already has. It does not host a blog. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. RankBolt: Yes. A visual calendar plans and schedules articles, and RankBolt auto publishes them to connected platforms on the dates you set. The plan card describes the standing cadence as one article a day. - How many sites one subscription covers Blogged: Yes. One Project per site, priced per Project, with a discount by position from Projects 2 to 4 onward and a ceiling of 20 Projects in a workspace. RankBolt: Not published. The plan card states one connected site per subscription, while the FAQ and the multi site page both describe connecting unlimited blogs from one dashboard. RankBolt does not reconcile the two, so confirm before buying for several sites. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. RankBolt: Yes. Search Console connects on every plan and RankBolt states the performance data feeds back into your content strategy. The reports it surfaces from that connection are not detailed publicly. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. RankBolt: No. RankBolt does not own the destination site, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your CMS already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. RankBolt: No. Articles are delivered into a site RankBolt does not own, so signup forms and CTAs belong to your CMS and its theme. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. RankBolt: Partial. Every article lands as an editable draft, and an inline AI editor rewrites, shortens or expands any section before you publish. The controls are review and scheduling, not a check that stops a publication on its own. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. RankBolt: Not published. RankBolt states Search Console data feeds your strategy, and articles can be re edited at any time. No public page describes a loop that finds decaying posts and queues rewrites. ### RankBolt removes the cap. Blogged decides what earns a slot. On raw volume this is not an argument Blogged wins. RankBolt puts no published cap on generation for 49 CHF a month, and its terms carry no fair use clause, no rate limit and no quota to walk that back. Blogged sells 30, 60 or 90 posts a month and will not sell you more. What the cap buys is a different question from how many: every Blogged post is drawn from a Topic approved under Content Directions, grounded in facts that carry a recorded source and a freshness state, illustrated with a visual a person approved, and blocked outright if a governance check or a publication hold says so. Worth noting on RankBolt's side that the plan card describes its standing cadence as one article published every day, so the hands off rate is close to Blogged Starter even though bulk generation above it is uncapped. - Blogged: 30 to 90 posts a month, each drawn from a Topic approved under Content Directions. - Blogged: Grounded in source bound facts with freshness monitoring and conflict resolution behind them. - Blogged: A readiness score with blockers, an SEO pillar breakdown and a separate GEO checklist before it goes out. - Blogged: A governance check or a publication hold can stop a post the schedule already planned. - RankBolt: Unlimited article generation on one plan, with no fair use clause or rate limit published in the terms. - RankBolt: Bulk generation produces many articles at once from a single site analysis. - RankBolt: The plan card states one article published every day as the standing autopilot cadence. - RankBolt: No feature gates between tiers, because there is only one tier. ### A scan at signup, or a fact base that is maintained RankBolt reads your site once during onboarding to learn your niche, audience and competitors, then researches each article against the pages currently ranking for its keyword, and states that verified facts and trustworthy sources are cited in the result. That is more grounding than most tools at this price offer, and it should not be dismissed. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead: source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, each with an official source recorded, monitored for freshness, checked for conflict and refreshed under control, with stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries excluded from normal reuse. Blogged also states the limit plainly, that grounding constrains the context a model reuses and does not guarantee every generated claim is correct. If your product changes and an article a day is going out about it, the difference is whether the correction happens once in the fact base or once per article. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - RankBolt: A site analysis at signup maps niche, audience, competitors and target keywords, so there is little to brief. - RankBolt: Each article is researched against the results currently ranking for its keyword. - RankBolt: RankBolt states verified facts and trustworthy sources are cited in every article. - RankBolt: Brand voice is learned per site, and each article is generated from its own research rather than a template. ### An editor and a calendar, or a system that can refuse Both products let a person read an article before it appears, and it would be unfair to suggest otherwise. RankBolt does it well: articles land as drafts, an inline AI editor rewrites, shortens or expands any section, and a visual calendar decides when each one publishes. Blogged does it with rules instead: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may write and publish only inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says. The difference is who is responsible for catching the post that should not go out. With RankBolt it is you, reading drafts every day the cadence produces one; with Blogged the system has a stated reason to stop and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - RankBolt: Every article arrives as a draft you can read and change before anything is published. - RankBolt: An inline AI editor rewrites, shortens, expands or improves any section on request. - RankBolt: A visual calendar sets the publish date for each article and can be rearranged at any time. - RankBolt: Content exports as HTML or Markdown, and RankBolt states you own everything it generates. ### Delivered into your CMS, or published somewhere Blogged can measure RankBolt's design assumes you already run a site it can push into, and WordPress, WordPress.com and Shopify are stated as live destinations. Blogged assumes the opposite: it builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That single decision sets the rest. Because Blogged owns the destination it can put newsletter signup and product CTAs on the page and report a CTA view against a stated denominator, then follow it to a lead or a subscriber. Because RankBolt does not own it, that reporting belongs to whatever analytics your CMS runs, and it is also exactly why RankBolt is the right answer for a team whose blog is staying in WordPress. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - RankBolt: Auto publishing into WordPress self hosted, WordPress.com and Shopify, with formatting handled per platform. - RankBolt: A REST API and webhooks for any platform not on the supported list. - RankBolt: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. - RankBolt: Agent Mode drives generation, audits, uploads and publishing from Claude Code, Cursor or Windsurf. ### Switching from RankBolt to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. RankBolt reads your site once at signup; this is the step where you give Blogged the facts it will keep, so spend the time here rather than on integrations. 2. Bring the articles RankBolt already published. RankBolt exports content as HTML or Markdown and states you own it. Export from there or from your CMS and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If RankBolt was publishing into WordPress or Shopify at an existing path, map the redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Reset the cadence, then approve Content Directions. A daily cadence does not carry over, so plan for a monthly post count instead of a daily one and decide which topics are worth a slot. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is RankBolt better than Blogged? It depends on whether your constraint is volume or trust. If you need the most articles per unit of spend and your blog is staying in WordPress or Shopify, RankBolt is the better buy, and Blogged cannot match either the price or the output ceiling. If the posts have to be right about your product, land on a site you can measure conversions on, and be stoppable before they publish, Blogged is built for that and RankBolt is not. ### Does RankBolt really give you unlimited articles? Unlimited generation is the stated offer, and RankBolt's terms publish no fair use clause, no rate limit and no quota against it, so nothing public walks the claim back. The one number to read alongside it is on the plan card itself, which describes the autopilot cadence as one article published every day. Generation in bulk is uncapped; the hands off publishing rate is about one a day. ### How much does RankBolt cost compared with Blogged? RankBolt is 49 CHF a month for its single Pro plan, with a yearly option at 17 percent off. Blogged Starter is $99 a month or $990 a year in US dollars, for 30 posts and 40 Topics, with Growth at $169 and Ultra Growth at $229. RankBolt is cheaper at every tier and does not cap generation. Blogged includes unlimited team seats. RankBolt states that it charges no per seat fees, and publishes nothing about how many people can use an account. ### Is RankBolt priced in Swiss francs? Yes. RankBolt lists 49 CHF a month, and its structured pricing data gives the currency as CHF rather than USD. Two of its comparison pages even restate a rival's dollar price in francs, while two others leave rivals in dollars. Expect a card to be billed in CHF, which means the dollar amount you pay moves with the exchange rate and may attract a foreign transaction fee. Blogged prices in US dollars. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress or Shopify is a requirement, RankBolt does that and Blogged does not. ### Why does Blogged cap posts when RankBolt does not? Because every Blogged post carries fixed work that does not scale for free: a Topic approved under Content Directions, grounding against source bound facts, a readiness and GEO check, an approved visual placed in the body, and a governance check before publication. The caps are 30, 60 and 90 posts a month. If your plan needs more articles than that, the cap is a real reason to choose something else, and this page will not pretend otherwise. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with RankBolt's? RankBolt gives 3 days and Blogged gives 3. The difference that matters is the card: Blogged takes one at checkout and RankBolt does not ask for payment details at signup, and RankBolt also runs four SEO tools on its site that need no account at all. If evaluating without handing over a card matters to you, that is a genuine advantage for RankBolt and worth saying plainly. ### What is the best RankBolt alternative? It depends which part you are replacing. For pushing high volume articles into an existing CMS at a similar price, SEObot and BlogSEO cover the same ground, and Outrank adds off site link building at a higher price. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged hosts the site, grounds the writing in a maintained fact base, governs publication and reports on conversion, at a higher price and a lower post ceiling. ## Blogged vs BlogSEO URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogseo Competitor: BlogSEO (https://www.blogseo.io) Category: AI SEO article generation with automated publishing into your CMS or onto a hosted subdomain, plus a backlink exchange Their positioning: BlogSEO crawls your site to map existing pages and keywords, builds a keyword list and a content calendar, writes daily articles on named frontier models with AI generated images, and publishes them automatically. It reaches more than twenty destinations, including its own Hosted Blog on a subdomain you point at it by CNAME. A non reciprocal backlink exchange places contextual links inside other members' articles. Analytics come from a connected Google Search Console property. The company is based in Paris. Their pricing: $97 a month per website for the Ambition plan, the only tier on the pricing anchor, shown against a $194 list price. It buys 30 articles a month. A $59 plan buying 15 articles a month is priced on BlogSEO's own comparison pages and described there as unadvertised. No annual price is published, and the billing docs reference higher volume plans without naming a price. Where their content lands: More than twenty destinations: WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, HubSpot, Contentful, Strapi, Drupal, Odoo, Shopware, Framer, Blogger, GoHighLevel, Umbraco and a signed webhook, plus a Hosted Blog served on a subdomain of your own domain. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and BlogSEO? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts, then reports on search and on conversion. BlogSEO is an AI SEO service that crawls your site, writes daily articles, and auto publishes them into more than twenty CMS destinations or onto a hosted subdomain, with a backlink exchange included. Both cost about the same. The sharpest difference is what gets measured after publication. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. BlogSEO: An AI SEO service that crawls your site, builds a keyword calendar, writes daily articles and auto publishes them, with a backlink exchange included. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. BlogSEO: More than twenty destinations, including WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, HubSpot and a signed webhook, plus a Hosted Blog on a subdomain you point at BlogSEO by CNAME. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. BlogSEO: $97 a month per website, shown against a $194 list price. A $59 plan with 15 articles exists but is not on the pricing anchor. No annual price is published. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. BlogSEO: 30 articles a month on the $97 plan, one a day by default and up to five a day on paid plans. Higher volume tiers are referenced in the docs without prices. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. BlogSEO: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. The backlink exchange stays switched off until you subscribe. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured through to a lead. BlogSEO: Teams publishing into a CMS they are keeping, or onto a platform with no publishing API, who want daily articles and backlinks on one bill. ### Choose Blogged if - The blog has to live under your existing path. Blogged serves it from yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy, and BlogSEO's docs state that path based hosting needs a proxy on your own server that BlogSEO does not manage. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose BlogSEO if - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost or HubSpot and it is not moving. BlogSEO publishes into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You want backlinks in the same subscription. BlogSEO includes a non reciprocal exchange with 100 backlink credits a month and sells a premium tier at $149. Blogged does no off site link building at all. - You publish outside English. BlogSEO states support for more than 45 languages and prices additional locales at $29 a month each. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. - You are an agency or you run several sites. Whitelabel is included once you reach five active sites, with no setup fee, and volume pricing starts from three sites. Blogged has no whitelabel option. - You run an online store. BlogSEO syncs a product catalog from Shopify or Shopware, mentions and links up to two products per article, and can use product photos as references for article images. Blogged is built for SaaS. ### What BlogSEO does better than Blogged - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress through a paired plugin, plus Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, HubSpot, Contentful, Strapi, Drupal, Odoo, Shopware, Framer, Blogger, GoHighLevel, Umbraco and a signed webhook. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that ends the conversation. - There is a cheaper way in. The public plan is $97 a month, and a $59 plan buying 15 articles a month is priced on BlogSEO's own comparison pages, described there as not advertised publicly. Its Hosted Blog costs nothing extra on any plan. Blogged's floor is $99 a month per Project. - Off site authority is part of the product. A non reciprocal exchange places contextual links inside other members' articles, with 100 backlink credits a month on the base plan priced by the linking site's Domain Rating, and a $149 premium tier for 500 credits. Blogged does no link building of any kind and does not plan to. - It writes in more than 45 languages, with additional locales listed at $29 a month each. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability, so a team publishing outside English has no route to it. - It is built to be resold. Whitelabel is included once you run five or more active sites, with no setup fee, and BlogSEO offers volume pricing from three sites. Blogged prices per Project on a published discount curve and has no whitelabel mode, so an agency running client sites under its own brand cannot do that on Blogged. - It sells to stores. A product catalog syncs from Shopify or Shopware, or imports from a spreadsheet, and BlogSEO mentions and links up to two products per article automatically or three when chosen by hand. Blogged holds product facts for grounding but does not sync a store catalog or place product links. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. BlogSEO: Yes. A crawl maps your existing pages and keywords and builds a niche keyword list, expandable by up to 450 variations, which rebuilds the content calendar. Seed keyword batches cost one AI Brain Credit each, and the base plan carries 15 credits a month. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. BlogSEO: Not published. BlogSEO's AI Brain is documented as a monthly credit balance spent on keyword, content and image requests. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. BlogSEO: Partial. BlogSEO states that it monitors competitor strategies and closes competitor keyword gaps when it builds the keyword list. No public page describes ongoing monitoring with a signal feed you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. BlogSEO: Partial. Keywords are reviewed on the Keywords page before the calendar is generated, and tone, keywords and topics are adjustable in website settings. The calendar is a schedule of headlines rather than a rule set generation is checked against. - A store product catalog linked into articles Blogged: No. Blogged holds source bound product facts in the Knowledge Engine for grounding. It does not sync a store catalog, and it does not place product links or prices in articles. BlogSEO: Yes. Products sync from Shopify or Shopware, import from a spreadsheet, or are added by hand, and carry price, image, URL, brand and SKU. Up to two products are mentioned per article automatically, or three when selected by hand. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. BlogSEO: Not published. BlogSEO states articles are optimized against your site structure, existing keywords, competitor keyword gap and target audience. No public page describes a per article score or a list of blockers. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. BlogSEO: Yes. Internal linking is included in the base plan and works from the crawl of your existing pages. On the Hosted Blog, links between hosted articles are additionally rewritten into clean in blog links. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. BlogSEO: Not published. The documented webhook payload carries title, slug, body, meta description, target keyword, excerpt, featured image and timestamps, with no sources field. No public page states whether claims are cited. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. BlogSEO: Partial. Images are AI generated and included at 2K and above on the base plan. A product photo can be supplied as a reference for an AI edit, at one AI Brain Credit per edit, and BlogSEO states an approved edit cannot be rolled back to the previous version. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. BlogSEO: Yes. BlogSEO states support for more than 45 languages, set per website, and prices additional locales at $29 a month per language on its own comparison pages. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. BlogSEO: Yes. In a CMS you already run, across more than twenty destinations, or on BlogSEO's own Hosted Blog at blog.yourcompany.com once you add a CNAME record pointing the subdomain at BlogSEO. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. BlogSEO: Yes. A WordPress plugin paired by token rather than API key, which fills Yoast or Rank Math metadata and can land posts live or as drafts, plus Webflow, Shopify, Ghost, Wix, HubSpot, Contentful, Strapi, Drupal, Odoo, Shopware, Framer, Blogger, GoHighLevel and Umbraco. - Serving the blog under an existing path or root domain Blogged: Yes. A reverse proxy option serves the hosted blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog, so the posts sit on the root domain rather than beside it. BlogSEO: No. BlogSEO's Hosted Blog supports subdomains only. Its docs state an apex domain cannot be used because a CNAME cannot coexist with the root site's records, and that path based hosting needs a reverse proxy on your own server that BlogSEO does not manage. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. BlogSEO: Partial. The Hosted Blog is included on every plan and covers SSL, CDN, sitemap, robots.txt, per article Open Graph images, Schema.org Article data and server side rendering. Branding is site name, meta title and description, brand color, favicon, logo, author byline and up to 50 KB of custom head HTML. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. BlogSEO: Yes. One article a day by default, adjustable in settings, and up to five a day per website on paid plans. A content calendar holds the scheduled headlines and can be rebuilt after the keyword list changes. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. BlogSEO: Yes. Analytics pulls clicks, impressions, CTR and average position per published article from a connected property, adds ranking keywords grouped into position bands and a count of indexed pages, and reads without ever writing back. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. BlogSEO: No. BlogSEO's analytics cover search visibility only. It does not report CTA engagement, conversions, leads or subscribers, and on a CMS destination that measurement stays with whatever analytics your CMS already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. BlogSEO: No. The Hosted Blog documents branding, an author byline and custom head HTML for analytics tags. No newsletter form, CTA block or lead capture ships with it, so a signup form has to come from elsewhere. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. BlogSEO: Partial. Articles can be reviewed and edited before and after publication, and several destinations including the WordPress plugin can land a post as a draft. On the Hosted Blog an article publishes as soon as it is generated, and no public page documents a check that stops a publication on its own. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. BlogSEO: Yes. A non reciprocal exchange places your links inside other members' articles, with 100 backlink credits a month on the base plan, a cost per link set by the linking site's Domain Rating, and a $149 premium tier. Placed links remain after you cancel. ### Both host a blog. Only one of them is a website. BlogSEO's Hosted Blog is included on every plan and answers a real problem well: you add one CNAME record, it issues an SSL certificate, and articles render server side with a sitemap, Open Graph images and Schema.org data on a subdomain of your own domain. What it does not include is the rest of a site. Blogged builds a designed blog site with maintained themes, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading, newsletter signup, product CTAs and consent controls, and it can serve all of that under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. BlogSEO states plainly that path based hosting needs a reverse proxy on your own server which it does not manage, and that its hosted blog cannot use an apex domain. If the blog has to feel like part of the product rather than a feed parked beside it, that gap is the decision. - Blogged: Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, plus homepage content and featured stories. - Blogged: On site reader search, related reading, navigation and consent controls ship with the site. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: A hosted Blogged subdomain gets you publishing before you own or connect a domain. - BlogSEO: The Hosted Blog is included on every plan, with SSL, edge CDN, storage and bandwidth covered. - BlogSEO: One CNAME record, then articles publish to blog.yourcompany.com with no CMS to install. - BlogSEO: Server side rendered pages with a sitemap, robots.txt, per article Open Graph images and Schema.org Article data. - BlogSEO: Branding covers site name, meta title and description, brand color, favicon, logo, author byline and custom head HTML. ### Review it yourself, or a system with a reason to stop BlogSEO gives you real review, and it would be unfair to say otherwise. Keywords are approved on the Keywords page before the calendar is built, articles can be edited before and after they go out, and several destinations including the WordPress plugin can land a post as an unpublished draft in the tool you already use. On its own Hosted Blog, though, an article publishes as soon as it is generated, and no public page documents a check that can stop a publication by itself. Blogged works the other way around: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may publish only after those rules and governance checks pass, and a publication hold blocks a post whatever the calendar says. The question is who is responsible for catching the post that should not have gone out, and whether the answer is a person reading drafts or a documented refusal path. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - BlogSEO: Keywords are reviewed and edited on the Keywords page before the content calendar is generated. - BlogSEO: Articles can be customized and reviewed both before and after they are published. - BlogSEO: The WordPress plugin and several other destinations can deliver posts as drafts instead of live. - BlogSEO: Tone, keywords and topics are adjustable per website, and the calendar rebuilds in minutes. ### A site crawl and a credit balance, or a fact base that is maintained BlogSEO starts from a crawl: it maps your existing pages and keywords, builds a keyword list for your niche, can expand it by up to 450 variations, and writes to whatever headline sits on the calendar. Its AI Brain is documented as a monthly credit balance, 15 on the base plan, spent on keyword research, content edits and image edits, rather than a store of verified facts. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead, holding source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and it excludes stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries from normal reuse. Blogged also publishes the limit rather than hiding it: grounding constrains the context a model reuses, it does not guarantee that every generated claim is correct. If your product changes often and the articles have to stay right about it, that maintenance is worth more than the word count. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - BlogSEO: A site crawl maps your existing pages and keywords, so there is very little to brief. - BlogSEO: Keyword lists expand automatically by up to 450 variations and rebuild the calendar in minutes. - BlogSEO: For stores, a product catalog syncs from Shopify or Shopware and stays managed in that platform. - BlogSEO: BlogSEO publishes the names of the models its articles are written on. ### Search visibility, or a reader you can follow to a lead BlogSEO connects Google Search Console and reports clicks, impressions, CTR and average position for every article, the keywords the site ranks for grouped into position bands, and how many pages Google has indexed. That is a clear picture of visibility, and it is also where the reporting stops: BlogSEO does not measure CTA engagement, conversions, leads or subscribers, and its hosted blog ships no form or CTA to measure. Blogged reports the same search surface and then keeps going, counting a CTA view only once at least 25 percent of the surface has entered the viewport so the denominator is stated, and adding click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns. Both products stop short of claiming that a post caused a sale, and Blogged writes that boundary down. Which one you need comes down to whether the blog is judged on traffic or on pipeline. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - BlogSEO: Search Console data per article: clicks, impressions, CTR and average position. - BlogSEO: Ranking keywords grouped into position bands, which Blogged does not report. - BlogSEO: A running count of indexed pages, with Google's daily URL inspection limit stated. - BlogSEO: Read only access to the property, so BlogSEO never changes your Search Console settings. ### Switching from BlogSEO to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations, because that is the part BlogSEO leaves to a one time crawl. 2. Export the articles BlogSEO published and import them. BlogSEO exports articles as Markdown at any time, which is exactly what Blogged imports. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Repoint the subdomain and plan the redirects. If you used BlogSEO's Hosted Blog, the blog already sat on a subdomain you own, so the URLs are yours to keep: delete that integration and repoint the CNAME at Blogged. If BlogSEO was publishing into WordPress or Webflow, decide whether those posts stay put and map redirects before you move traffic. Links the backlink exchange already placed stay live after you cancel, so keep the URLs they point at resolving. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is BlogSEO better than Blogged? It depends on where the blog has to live. If it belongs in WordPress, Webflow, Shopify, Ghost or HubSpot, BlogSEO is the better buy, because Blogged publishes into none of them. If the blog should sit under your own path, carry CTAs, and report on the leads it produces rather than the impressions it earns, Blogged is built for that and BlogSEO is not. ### Both products host a blog. What is actually different? BlogSEO's Hosted Blog renders your articles on a subdomain you point at it, with a sitemap, structured data and basic branding. Blogged builds a blog site: themes, navigation, on site reader search, related reading, newsletter signup, product CTAs and consent controls, plus a reverse proxy option so it can live at yourcompany.com/blog. BlogSEO's docs state it cannot serve a path or an apex domain. ### What is the best BlogSEO alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. For pushing articles into an existing CMS at a similar price, Outrank and SEObot cover the same ground, and Outrank adds a reciprocal backlink exchange. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting. ### How much does BlogSEO cost compared with Blogged? BlogSEO's public plan is $97 a month per website for 30 articles, against a stated $194 list price, and a $59 plan buying 15 articles appears on its own comparison pages. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project for 30 posts and 40 Topics, or $990 a year. Blogged Growth is $169 and Ultra Growth is $229. BlogSEO publishes no annual price. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, BlogSEO does that with a paired plugin and Blogged does not. ### Does Blogged build backlinks the way BlogSEO does? No. Blogged does no off site link building: no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. BlogSEO includes a non reciprocal exchange, 100 backlink credits a month on the base plan and a $149 premium tier, and states that placed links remain after you cancel. If an exchange is part of your plan, that is a reason to keep BlogSEO or to source links elsewhere. ### How do the free trials compare? They are the same length. Both give you 3 days and both take a card at checkout, so neither product lets you evaluate slowly. One difference is worth knowing: BlogSEO keeps the backlink exchange switched off during the trial, so the part of the subscription that builds off site authority is the part you cannot test before paying. ### Blogged costs more and gives the same 3 day trial. What does the difference buy? A destination rather than a delivery service. Blogged is the site, so it can carry CTAs and report lead conversion, it can refuse to publish when governance checks fail, and it grounds writing in a maintained fact base rather than a one time crawl. If none of those matter to you and your CMS is staying, BlogSEO is the cheaper and more flexible buy, and this page says so. ## Blogged vs SEO Autopilot URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seo-autopilot Competitor: SEO Autopilot (https://seoautopilot.app) Category: Search Console led topic discovery, article and comparison page generation, delivered into a CMS you already run Their positioning: SEO Autopilot sells itself as an SEO operating system for SaaS teams rather than an AI writer. It analyzes your site, connects Google Search Console, and turns site derived topics, competitor gaps and real search queries into one prioritized backlog, then writes briefs and articles, adds internal links and JSON-LD, and delivers them to WordPress, Contentful or Framer. Two features carry the positioning: a builder for verified comparison and alternatives pages, and a visibility tracker that checks whether ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini recommend you across buying prompts. Their pricing: Three plans. The pricing section shows annual billing by default, at $38.25, $59.50 and $85 a month for 20, 40 and 100 posts. Monthly billing is $45, $70 and $99.99 for the same volumes. Five day free trial, with the first charge on day six. Sites per plan, seat counts and refunds are not published. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run. WordPress through a revocable application password and the REST API, Contentful, or a Framer CMS collection. SEO Autopilot does not host or design a blog site. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and SEO Autopilot? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts, then reports on search and conversion. SEO Autopilot is an SEO workflow tool for SaaS teams that finds topics from your site, competitors, and Search Console, generates articles and comparison pages, and delivers them into WordPress, Contentful, or Framer. The sharpest difference is who owns the destination. SEO Autopilot costs less per post. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project and can measure what a post converts. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. SEO Autopilot: An SEO workflow tool that turns Search Console data, site analysis and competitor gaps into briefs, articles and comparison pages for your existing CMS. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. SEO Autopilot: Delivery into WordPress, Contentful or Framer over their APIs. You supply and maintain the site, the theme and the domain. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. SEO Autopilot: $45 a month, or $38.25 a month billed annually. Seats and sites per plan are not published. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229, which is $3.30 to $2.54 a post. SEO Autopilot: 20, 40 or 100 posts a month at $45, $70 and $99.99, which is $2.25 to $1.00 a post. Briefs and blog plans are metered separately. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. SEO Autopilot: Five days, with the first charge stated for day six. A scored AI visibility audit runs on any URL with no signup at all. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. SEO Autopilot: SaaS teams and solo founders who already run WordPress, Contentful or Framer and want more posts a month for less. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not have a blog to publish into. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what a post earns, not only that it ranked. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - The articles have to be right about your own product on every post, not only on the comparison pages. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with freshness and conflict controls. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Blogged's Autopilot is allowed to publish. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. ### Choose SEO Autopilot if - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Contentful or Framer and it is staying there. SEO Autopilot publishes into all three and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You are buying volume. 100 posts a month costs $99.99, one cent under Blogged Starter, which buys 30. On annual billing that falls to $85. - You want to know whether ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini recommend you, prompt by prompt, and which competitor wins the ones you lose. - Comparison and alternatives pages are the program. SEO Autopilot batches them from a reusable competitor list, validates claims in two stages against verbatim source excerpts, and asks for approval before drafting. - You want to look before you commit. Their trial is five days against Blogged's 3, and the AI visibility audit scores any URL without an account. ### What SEO Autopilot does better than Blogged - It costs less per post at every tier. Monthly list is $45 for 20 posts, $70 for 40 and $99.99 for 100, falling to $38.25, $59.50 and $85 on annual billing. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30, which is $3.30 a post against about $2.25. If the number that decides this purchase is cost per published post, SEO Autopilot wins it outright. - It publishes into a CMS you already run. WordPress connects with a revocable application password over the REST API, and Contentful and Framer connect over their own APIs, with the returned post ID and URL stored back against the article. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that ends the conversation. - It measures whether AI assistants recommend you. Prompt Universe maps high intent buying queries, visibility runs produce a visibility score across representative buying prompts on ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini, and competitor win analysis names which competitor wins each prompt and why. Blogged carries a GEO checklist in the editor and reports Search Console, but nothing that measures an assistant's recommendation. - It runs a comparison and alternatives page program as a first class feature, with a reusable competitor list, batch generation of vs and alternatives pages, two stage claim validation against verbatim source excerpts, and human approval before a draft is generated. Blogged writes posts one at a time from approved Topics and has no bulk generator. - It generates JSON-LD for each article and injects it at publish, and its structured data case study covers article, FAQ, software application, how to and organization schema across a site, then realigns the canonical URL once the CMS returns the post link. Blogged's published product material does not state whether it generates structured data. - Its front door is more generous. The trial runs five days against Blogged's 3, and before that a free AI visibility audit scores any URL across ten buying prompts with no account and no card. ### Strategy and research - Search Console data as a source of topics to write Blogged: Partial. Blogged connects Search Console and reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages, with a per post panel in the editor. Topic supply runs from approved Content Directions rather than from a Search Console opportunity queue. SEO Autopilot: Yes. Search Console queries feed the Unified Backlog directly, with striking distance positions, CTR fixes and new clusters named as opportunity types alongside site derived topics and competitor gaps. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. SEO Autopilot: Partial. A website analysis at setup infers core topics, audience and brand tone, and comparison page claims are validated in two stages against verbatim excerpts from the competitor's own pages. No public page describes a stored fact base that ordinary articles are checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. SEO Autopilot: Partial. A reusable competitor list drives gap analysis and comparison page research, and a News feature surfaces event driven opportunities. No public page describes a per competitor signal feed with source evidence that waits for review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Blogged's Autopilot may write, and full mode publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. SEO Autopilot: Partial. The Unified Backlog is prioritized and clustered, and selections become a sequenced article plan you approve item by item. Approval applies to backlog items and briefs rather than to a rule set that generation is validated against. - Tracking whether AI assistants recommend your product Blogged: No. Blogged carries a GEO checklist in the editor and reports Search Console performance. It does not test AI assistants or score how often they name you. SEO Autopilot: Yes. Prompt Universe maps buying queries, visibility runs produce a visibility score across representative buying prompts on ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini, and competitor win analysis names which competitor wins each prompt. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. SEO Autopilot: Partial. Every topic is classified by search intent before drafting and each article starts from a structured brief. No per article score is published, and their own Surfer comparison points readers who want a content score to Surfer. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. SEO Autopilot: Yes. Internal links are added to generated posts so new articles connect to the existing library, with link targets named in the brief before drafting. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. SEO Autopilot: Partial. Comparison pages carry claims extracted from competitor pages with source URLs and verbatim excerpts. No public page states whether ordinary blog posts carry citations. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. SEO Autopilot: Not published. No public page states whether SEO Autopilot generates or places article images, and its plan limits count posts, briefs and blog plans only. Its WordPress case study leaves featured image work to the team in WordPress. - Batch generation of comparison and alternatives pages Blogged: No. Blogged writes posts one at a time from approved Topics or a custom brief. There is no bulk generator for vs pages, alternatives pages or programmatic templates. SEO Autopilot: Yes. A reusable competitor list is researched once and used many times to batch create alternatives and vs pages, with claim validation and approval before drafting. - Structured data generated with the article Blogged: Not published. Blogged's published product material does not state whether it generates JSON-LD for articles, so treat this as unconfirmed rather than absent and ask before it decides a purchase. SEO Autopilot: Yes. JSON-LD is generated per post across article, FAQ, software application, how to and organization schema, injected at publish, then realigned once the CMS returns the final URL. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. SEO Autopilot: Yes. In a CMS you already run. WordPress over the REST API with an application password, Contentful, or a named Framer CMS collection, with the post ID and URL stored back on the article. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Contentful or Framer Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a connector, and that is the main reason to rule it out. SEO Autopilot: Yes. Three named destinations, connected from an integrations page with a live connection test before the credentials are saved. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. SEO Autopilot: No. SEO Autopilot delivers into a site you already run and does not describe hosting, theming or serving a blog of its own. The CMS, the domain and the design stay yours. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Blogged's Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. SEO Autopilot: Yes. A weekly calendar schedules the plan ahead, with per item states including scheduled, generating and waiting for brief approval. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. SEO Autopilot: Partial. An updated article can be republished to the CMS from the article list or the editor, and a News and freshness feature surfaces timely opportunities. No public page describes a performance driven refresh queue. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. SEO Autopilot: Yes. Search Console is the recommended connection at setup and its query data drives the backlog, alongside Google Analytics views inside the project workspace. - Indexing support after a post goes live Blogged: Yes. Insights reports indexing coverage, and Blogged submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through its Search Console connection. SEO Autopilot: Yes. An indexing workflow with sitemap and indexing support is listed as a feature, positioned as the step after publishing rather than the end of it. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. SEO Autopilot: No. Google Analytics views appear inside the project workspace, but SEO Autopilot delivers into a site it does not own, so CTA level and lead level reporting stays with whatever that site already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. SEO Autopilot: No. Articles include natural CTAs in the body, but the forms, the list and the subscriber records belong to the CMS and the site SEO Autopilot delivers into. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. SEO Autopilot: Partial. Three modes, Full Auto, Brief First and Manual, decide how much a person sees, and comparison pages require human approval before a draft is generated. The operator picks the mode; no published check stops a publication on its own. ### SEO Autopilot needs a CMS. Blogged is one. SEO Autopilot assumes you already run WordPress, Contentful or Framer, and its integrations page exists to connect to it. Blogged assumes the opposite: it builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That single decision sets most of the rest of this page. It is why Blogged can report what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool for a team that just rebuilt its marketing site in Framer and is keeping the blog inside it. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no application password to rotate, no theme to keep current. - SEO Autopilot: WordPress connects with a revocable application password and a tested REST API call. - SEO Autopilot: Contentful and Framer connect over their own APIs, with a target CMS collection for Framer. - SEO Autopilot: Your existing design, URL structure, analytics and editorial workflow stay where they are. - SEO Autopilot: The post ID and public URL come back into SEO Autopilot, so status lives in one place. ### A dollar a post, or a post with a number attached SEO Autopilot is cheaper, and that deserves the first sentence. Its Scale plan is $99.99 a month for 100 posts, one cent under Blogged Starter, which buys 30. That is about $1.00 a post against $3.30, and annual billing takes it to $0.85. The argument for paying more is only won on the denominator. A post that is wrong about your own pricing or your own feature set costs more than it saved, and a post published to a site you can only measure in pageviews has no number attached to it at all. Blogged spends the difference on the two things that decide those outcomes: a maintained fact base behind every article, and conversion reporting on the blog it hosts. - Blogged: 30, 60 and 90 posts a month at $99, $169 and $229, which is $3.30 down to $2.54 a post. - Blogged: The same $99 also buys the blog site itself: theme, domain handling, reader search, CTAs and consent controls. - Blogged: Volume includes 150 to 450 images a month and 40 to 120 Topics, not posts alone. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only above a 25 percent viewport threshold, so the conversion rate has a stated denominator. - SEO Autopilot: 20, 40 or 100 posts a month at $45, $70 and $99.99 on monthly billing. - SEO Autopilot: Annual billing takes 15 percent off, to $38.25, $59.50 and $85 a month. - SEO Autopilot: Briefs and blog plans are metered separately, at 40, 80 or 200 briefs a month. - SEO Autopilot: The pricing section opens on the annual view, so compare the monthly column deliberately. ### Blogged's Autopilot is a gate. Full Automation Mode is a delivery setting. The word collides, so here is the distinction in plain terms. SEO Autopilot offers three modes the operator chooses between: Full Auto, Brief First and Manual. Their material states Full Automation Mode can generate, schedule and publish to supported platforms, and their own WordPress case study states that the automated path sends articles to the WordPress REST API as draft posts, with editors keeping final control in WordPress before a post goes public. Blogged's Autopilot is not a speed setting: assisted mode schedules drafts for review, full mode may publish, and it may only publish after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass, with a publication hold able to stop a post whatever the schedule says. One product lets you choose how much you look at. The other has a stated reason to stop and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Blogged's Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode publishes only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - SEO Autopilot: Three modes: Full Auto for hands off runs, Brief First for approval at the brief, Manual for full control. - SEO Autopilot: Comparison pages require human approval before a draft is generated, whatever the mode. - SEO Autopilot: Their WordPress case study describes the automated path delivering drafts, not live posts. - SEO Autopilot: The schedule shows per item states, including one for articles waiting on brief approval. ### A visibility score in ChatGPT, or a lead on a site you own Both products answer the question, and they answer different halves of it. SEO Autopilot measures the front of the funnel in the place Blogged cannot see: it runs representative buying prompts against ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini, produces a visibility score from them, and names the competitor that won each prompt. Blogged measures the back of it, on the site it hosts: CTA views above a stated viewport threshold, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns. Neither substitutes for the other, and a team that cares about both should expect to keep two tools. If AI visibility is the number your board asks about, that is a real reason to choose SEO Autopilot and Blogged does not close it. - Blogged: Search Console reporting on clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - Blogged: First party reporting on homepage engagement, on site search demand and reader feedback. - SEO Autopilot: Visibility runs across representative buying prompts on ChatGPT, Perplexity and Gemini. - SEO Autopilot: A visibility score across buying prompts, with the winning competitor named for each prompt. - SEO Autopilot: Competitor win analysis by query, with reasons, and ten times the tracking volume on the top plan. - SEO Autopilot: A free scored audit on any URL across ten buying prompts, with no account required. ### Switching from SEO Autopilot to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS connector. There is no application password to mint and no CMS collection to name, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the setup time there instead of on integrations. 2. Bring the posts SEO Autopilot already delivered. Export from WordPress, Contentful or Framer and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If SEO Autopilot was delivering into WordPress at an existing path, map the redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then decide what covers AI visibility. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, and switch on full Autopilot once the Content Directions read the way you want. Then make a deliberate call on the gap: Blogged does not test whether assistants recommend you, so keep a visibility tracker or accept that you are not measuring it. ### Is SEO Autopilot better than Blogged? It depends on whether you already have a blog. If WordPress, Contentful or Framer is running and staying, SEO Autopilot is the better buy, because Blogged cannot publish into any of them and costs more per post. If you have no blog site, or you want the site, the CTAs and the conversion reporting handled in one place, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best SEO Autopilot alternative? It depends which part you are replacing. For cheap volume delivered into an existing CMS, SEObot and Overrank cover similar ground at similar prices. For the AI visibility half, look at tools built around answer engine tracking. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged hosts the site and measures what it converts. ### How much does SEO Autopilot cost compared with Blogged? SEO Autopilot is cheaper. Monthly list is $45, $70 and $99.99 for 20, 40 and 100 posts, falling to $38.25, $59.50 and $85 on annual billing. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts, Growth $169 for 60 and Ultra Growth $229 for 90, with unlimited team seats. Per post that is $3.30 against about $2.25 at their entry tier. ### Why does Blogged cost more per post than SEO Autopilot? Because the post is not all you are buying. $99 a month covers the hosted and themed blog site, 150 images a month drawn from your approved product visuals and logo, a maintained fact base with freshness and conflict controls behind every article, and conversion reporting from CTA view to lead. If you already run a site and only need drafts delivered into it, SEO Autopilot is the better value. ### Does SEO Autopilot publish on its own, or does it only create drafts? Both descriptions appear in their own material. SEO Autopilot states that Full Automation Mode can generate, schedule and publish to supported CMS platforms. Its own WordPress case study states that the automated path sends articles to the WordPress REST API as draft posts and that editors keep final control in WordPress. Ask them what published means for your specific destination. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, SEO Autopilot does that and Blogged does not. ### Does Blogged track whether ChatGPT recommends my product? No. Blogged optimizes for it, with a GEO checklist in the editor and grounded, source bound facts behind the writing, and it reports Search Console performance on what it publishes. It does not run buying prompts against ChatGPT, Perplexity or Gemini and score the answers. SEO Autopilot does, and that is a genuine gap on Blogged's side. ### How do the two free trials compare? SEO Autopilot gives five days and states the first charge lands on day six. Blogged gives 3 days and takes a card at checkout. SEO Autopilot also runs a scored AI visibility audit on any URL with no account at all, so you can see something useful before deciding. On evaluation time, that is a clear advantage for them. ## Blogged vs SeoVision URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seovision Competitor: SeoVision (https://seovision.io) Category: AI visibility tracking across nine answer surfaces, paired with a site audit, an article engine that publishes into your CMS, and a backlink exchange Their positioning: SeoVision measures how AI assistants answer questions about your brand, then sells you the tools to change the answer. It sends your tracked prompts to ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, Perplexity, Grok, Copilot and DeepSeek, plus Google AI Overviews and AI Mode, and reads the real responses for mentions, prominence, sentiment and citations. Around that sit a six pillar site audit, an article engine that writes and publishes into your CMS, and a credit based backlink exchange. Its own comparison pages describe visibility tracking as the primary job and content as the second. Their pricing: $99 a month for Basic, which buys 70 tracked prompts, 30 auto published articles with images, one project, and a single market and language. Pro is $189 and Advanced is $269. Yearly billing takes 20 percent off, and prices exclude VAT or GST. There is no trial of the paid product: the instant site audit is free and needs no card. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress, WordPress.com, WooCommerce, Shopify, Wix, Webflow, a Next.js blog through its Blog API, or any platform through its publishing API. SeoVision does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and SeoVision? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. SeoVision is an AI visibility platform that tracks whether ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity, and other assistants mention your brand, and also writes articles and publishes them into a CMS you already run. The sharpest difference is measurement: SeoVision measures AI answers, Blogged does not. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. SeoVision: An AI visibility platform that measures how assistants answer about your brand, then audits the site, writes articles and builds links to move it. - AI visibility tracking. Blogged: Not measured. The editor carries a GEO checklist and posts are written for answer engines, but Blogged does not track whether an assistant mentions your brand. SeoVision: Tracked prompts are sent to ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, Perplexity, Grok, Copilot and DeepSeek, plus Google AI Overviews and AI Mode, and the real answers are read for mentions, sentiment and citations. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. SeoVision: Into a CMS you already run, across WordPress, WordPress.com, WooCommerce, Shopify, Wix, Webflow, a Next.js blog and a publishing API. - Entry price and volume. Blogged: $99 a month per Project for 30 posts, or $990 a year. $169 buys 60 posts and $229 buys 90. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. SeoVision: $99 a month for 70 prompts, 30 articles and one project. $189 buys 150 prompts, 60 articles and two projects. $269 buys 230 prompts, 90 articles and three projects. Yearly takes 20 percent off. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. SeoVision: No trial of the paid product. A free instant site audit and 23 free tools run without signup or a card, and a 14 day guarantee refunds platform failure rather than dissatisfaction. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured to a lead, without owning a CMS. SeoVision: Teams who need to know whether AI assistants recommend them, and want the audit, articles and links to act on it in the same tool. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - The number you have to move is leads, not mentions. Insights reports CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, without a person reading every draft. ### Choose SeoVision if - You need to know whether AI assistants recommend you. SeoVision measures it prompt by prompt across nine surfaces and Blogged has no equivalent, so if that is the number on your dashboard this is the shorter conversation. - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Shopify, Wix or Webflow and it is not moving. SeoVision publishes into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You want to see your own numbers before you pay anything. SeoVision runs a free instant audit and 23 free tools with no signup and no card. Blogged asks for a card and gives you three days. - You want backlinks and a technical site audit on the same bill. SeoVision includes a credit based exchange and a six pillar audit on every plan. Blogged does neither and does not plan to. - You run more than one brand or market. SeoVision includes two projects at $189 and three at $269, with an extra market and language on each step up. Blogged prices each Project separately. ### What SeoVision does better than Blogged - It measures AI visibility, and Blogged does not. SeoVision sends your tracked prompts to ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, Perplexity, Grok, Copilot and DeepSeek, plus Google AI Overviews and AI Mode, reads the real answers, and reports whether you were named, how prominently, with what sentiment, which sources were cited and which competitors appeared instead. Scans run on a regular schedule, typically daily. Blogged writes for answer engines and carries a GEO checklist in the editor, but it has no equivalent measurement and this page will not pretend otherwise. - It publishes how it measures. The Data Sources page separates observed values from estimated ones with three confidence labels, states that assistant answers vary between runs so a single scan is a sample, and says roll ups across prompts are directional rather than exact. A measurement claim that ships its own error bars is worth more than one that does not. - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress, WordPress.com, WooCommerce, Shopify, Wix, Webflow, a Next.js blog and a publishing API are all supported. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that is the end of the conversation. - It ships an MCP server on every plan, with more than 60 tools covering audits, visibility scans, the content plan, drafting, publishing, the backlink wallet and project management, connected by OAuth or an API key, with paid and publishing actions confirm gated. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not a content interface you can drive from an assistant. - It enters two categories Blogged stays out of entirely: a six pillar site audit covering technical, on page, off page, structured data, AI readiness and AI visibility, free to run on any URL and 50 checks deep with an account, and a credit based backlink exchange with published matching rules. Blogged has no audit crawler and no link building of any kind. - You can evaluate it without a card. The instant audit and 23 free tools, including an AI visibility checker and a citation checker, need no signup. Blogged takes a card at checkout and gives you three days, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. SeoVision: Yes. Deep market analysis and keyword research are on every plan, and the content engine builds a twelve month plan and article clusters from real demand. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. SeoVision: Partial. A Brand Passport and a market analysis are built at onboarding and can be edited later. No public page describes freshness monitoring, conflict resolution, or stale facts being excluded from later generation. - Recurring monitoring of what competitors publish Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. SeoVision: Partial. Competitors are tracked in a different dimension: SeoVision reports which rivals appear in AI answers alongside you and keeps a managed competitor list with AI suggestions. No public page describes monitoring of what they publish. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. SeoVision: Partial. The twelve month plan is approved before drafting, and the About page states a person approves each brief. It is an approval of items rather than a rule set that later generation is checked against. - A site wide technical audit of the pages you already have Blogged: No. Blogged has no audit crawler. It reports Search Console performance and indexing coverage for the blog it hosts, which is a narrower job. SeoVision: Yes. A six pillar audit covers technical SEO, on page, off page, structured data, AI readiness and AI visibility, including AI crawler access checks. Free on any URL, and 50 checks deep with an account. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. SeoVision: Not published. Articles are stated to ship with schema, optimized titles and metadata on every page. The scores SeoVision publishes are audit scores for a site, and no public page describes a per article score. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. SeoVision: Yes. The content engine surfaces internal link and cannibalization findings across the site it publishes to, exposed both in the dashboard and through the MCP tools. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. SeoVision: Partial. SeoVision's own guides are produced by the same pipeline and carry a byline, a date, a sources list and a methodology note. No public page states that citations are a customer facing setting. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. SeoVision: Partial. Every article ships with on brand AI images at no extra cost, which the homepage prices at $49 a month among the tools it replaces. The images are generated rather than captured from your site. - More than one market or language in a project Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. SeoVision: Yes. Basic covers a single market and language. Pro adds one more and Advanced adds two, with the prompt budget shared across them. No page states separately whether article generation follows the added language. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. SeoVision: Yes. In a CMS you already run, across WordPress, WordPress.com, WooCommerce, Shopify, Wix, Webflow, a Next.js blog and a publishing API for anything else. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Webflow Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. SeoVision: Yes. You connect the site once and articles publish themselves. Ghost, Framer and Notion are not on the published integration list. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. SeoVision: No. SeoVision publishes into a site you already own and maintain. Its Next.js Blog option is a connection to a site you host, not a hosted blog. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. SeoVision: Yes. The engine publishes on a daily rhythm sized by plan, at one, two or three articles a day, and each article can be reviewed before it goes live. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. SeoVision: Not published. Cannibalization and internal link findings point at pages that need work. No public page describes an automatic rewrite of articles that are already published. ### Measurement and governance - Tracking whether AI assistants mention your brand Blogged: No. Blogged optimizes for answer engines and carries a GEO checklist in the editor, but it does not send prompts to assistants and does not report whether your brand was named. This is the clearest thing SeoVision does that Blogged does not. SeoVision: Yes. Tracked prompts go to seven assistants plus Google AI Overviews and AI Mode, and the answers are read for mentions, prominence, sentiment, cited sources and competitor share of voice. 70, 150 or 230 prompts by plan. - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. SeoVision: Yes. Connecting Search Console lets SeoVision read your own impressions, clicks and positions, which it uses to ground the audit and its reporting. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. SeoVision: No. SeoVision does not own the destination site. It states on its own comparison pages that it does not offer analytics based referral attribution, so what an article earned stays with your CMS and analytics. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. SeoVision: No. Articles are delivered into a site SeoVision does not own, so signup forms and CTAs belong to whatever your CMS already runs. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. SeoVision: Partial. The About page states nothing publishes without a person approving both the brief and the draft, while the plan cards describe articles as auto published and the FAQ offers per article review as a choice. Either way the control is a human sign off, not a check the system applies on its own. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. SeoVision: Yes. A credit based exchange places links inside other members' articles, priced by Domain Authority, matched within an authority band and only inside the same topic, in three way chains rather than direct swaps. ### SeoVision measures AI visibility. Blogged produces the content that earns it. SeoVision sends your tracked prompts to seven assistants and Google's two AI surfaces, reads the answers that come back, and tells you whether you were named, how prominently, with what sentiment, and which competitors showed up instead. Blogged does none of that. It writes to a GEO checklist, publishes to a site it hosts, and reports Search Console performance and conversion, and if the question you need answered is whether ChatGPT recommends you, Blogged cannot answer it. What Blogged does instead is the production side of the same problem: a maintained fact base the writing is bound to, real product visuals, internal linking, and a governed schedule that keeps publishing. A measurement number moves when something gets published, and these two products sit on opposite sides of that sentence. - Blogged: A GEO checklist in the editor alongside the SEO pillar breakdown and readiness blockers. - Blogged: Source bound facts with official sources, so the claims an assistant might repeat are grounded. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - Blogged: No prompt tracking, no mention reporting, no share of voice. Blogged does not measure AI answers. - SeoVision: ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini, Perplexity, Grok, Copilot and DeepSeek, plus Google AI Overviews and AI Mode. - SeoVision: Mentions, prominence, sentiment, cited sources and competitor share of voice, prompt by prompt. - SeoVision: 70, 150 or 230 tracked prompts by plan, scanned on a regular schedule, typically daily. - SeoVision: A published methodology that separates observed answers from estimated figures and states the limits. ### SeoVision publishes into your CMS. Blogged is the destination. SeoVision's content engine assumes you already run a site it can push into, and it connects to WordPress, WordPress.com, WooCommerce, Shopify, Wix, Webflow and a Next.js blog to do it. Blogged assumes the opposite: it builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That one decision explains most of the rest of this page. It is why Blogged can count a CTA view against a stated denominator and follow it to a lead, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool for a store that just moved its blog into Shopify. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - SeoVision: One connection and articles publish themselves into WordPress, Shopify, Wix, Webflow and more. - SeoVision: A publishing API for a custom stack, and a Blog API for a Next.js site you host. - SeoVision: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. - SeoVision: Nothing to migrate, because the pages land in the site you already own. ### A stack replacement, or one loop run deeply on one surface SeoVision spends the $99 across four modules: an audit of the whole site, visibility scans, an article engine and a backlink exchange, and its homepage frames that as replacing a stack of separate tools. Blogged spends the same entry price on one surface and goes deeper into it: strategy that has to be approved, a fact base with freshness and conflict controls, real product screenshots held in an approval queue, the site itself, the CTAs on it, and reporting that follows a reader from a CTA view to a lead or a subscriber. Neither shape is better in the abstract. The question is whether your bottleneck is knowing what is wrong across a whole site, or getting a blog published and converting week after week. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Real product visuals discovered from your site, approved, then placed exactly, with the logo composited after generation. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - SeoVision: A six pillar audit across technical, on page, off page, structured data, AI readiness and AI visibility. - SeoVision: A backlink exchange on every plan, priced in credits by Domain Authority, with published matching rules. - SeoVision: An MCP server with more than 60 tools, so an assistant can run the audit, the plan and the publishing. - SeoVision: 23 free tools and a free instant audit that anyone can run before creating an account. ### A person signs off every draft, or a system publishes inside approved rules SeoVision's About page states that nothing publishes without a human approving both the brief and the draft, while its plan cards describe articles as auto published and its FAQ offers per article review as a choice. Read either way, the control is a person looking at an item. Blogged does it with rules instead: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says. Be fair about the trade here, because a required sign off on every draft is in one respect stricter than an autonomous system that publishes once checks pass. The difference is what happens in the week nobody logs in. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - SeoVision: The About page states a person approves both the brief and the draft before anything publishes. - SeoVision: The FAQ offers reviewing each article before it goes live as an alternative to auto publishing. - SeoVision: The twelve month content plan is approved before drafting starts. - SeoVision: MCP actions that publish, pay or change billing are confirm gated before they run. ### Switching from SeoVision to Blogged 1. Decide whether you are replacing the measurement or the publishing. These products only overlap on the article engine. If the SeoVision number your team watches is prompt level AI visibility, Blogged does not replace it and moving means giving that number up or keeping a tracker alongside. If what you actually use is the articles and the publishing, the swap is clean. 2. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations. 3. Bring the articles SeoVision already published, and plan the redirects. Export from WordPress, Shopify, Wix or Webflow and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite, and unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota. Then choose a hosted Blogged subdomain, blog.yourcompany.com, or a reverse proxy under your existing path, and map redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic. 4. Approve Content Directions, then connect Search Console. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console for performance and indexing coverage, and use publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is SeoVision better than Blogged? It depends on which number you are accountable for. If it is whether ChatGPT, Gemini or Perplexity name your brand, SeoVision is the better buy, because it measures that prompt by prompt and Blogged does not measure it at all. If it is whether the blog gets published, stays on strategy and produces leads on a site you do not have to run, Blogged fits better. Teams that need both usually pair a tracker with a publisher. ### Does Blogged track whether ChatGPT mentions my brand? No. Blogged optimizes posts for answer engines and the editor carries a GEO checklist, but it does not send prompts to AI assistants and does not report whether your brand appeared in an answer. Insights covers Search Console performance, indexing coverage, and first party engagement and conversion on the blog Blogged hosts. If AI visibility measurement is a requirement, SeoVision does it and Blogged does not. ### What is the best SeoVision alternative? That depends which half you are replacing. For AI visibility measurement, SeoVision's own comparison pages point at Profound, Peec AI and Scrunch AI, which are measurement pure plays. For the article engine and publishing, Outrank and Next Blog AI cover similar ground. Blogged is the alternative for teams that want the blog itself planned, written, hosted and measured to a lead rather than a tracker. ### How much does SeoVision cost compared with Blogged? Both start at $99 a month. SeoVision Basic buys 70 tracked prompts, 30 auto published articles and one project, with 20 percent off for yearly billing. Blogged Starter buys 30 posts and 40 Topics for one Project, or $990 a year. Above entry SeoVision charges $189 and $269 for 60 and 90 articles, while Blogged Growth is $169 and Ultra Growth is $229. SeoVision includes extra projects at those tiers. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress, Shopify or Webflow is a requirement, SeoVision publishes into all three and Blogged publishes into none. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with SeoVision's free audit? Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. SeoVision has no trial of the paid product, but its instant site audit and 23 free tools run with no signup and no card, so you can see your own numbers first. Its 14 day guarantee is narrower than it sounds: it refunds platform failure, and is void once a scan completes or an article is generated. Both are worth reading before you commit. ### Does Blogged do site audits or backlinks like SeoVision? No to both. Blogged is a blog platform, not a general SEO suite. There is no site wide technical audit crawler, no rank tracker, no backlink index and no link building of any kind. It covers strategy, grounding, writing, optimization, internal linking, imagery, publishing and measurement on the blog it hosts. If an audit and a link exchange are part of your plan, SeoVision includes both on every plan. ### Can Blogged run several sites the way SeoVision includes extra projects? Yes, as separate Projects, with a discount by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent, and 11 to 20 take 20 percent, up to 20 Projects in a workspace. SeoVision takes the other approach and includes two projects at $189 and three at $269 in the plan price, so a team running two or three brands should compare the totals directly rather than the entry prices. ## Blogged vs Overrank URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-overrank Competitor: Overrank (https://www.overrank.ai) Category: Automated AI SEO article writing and daily publishing for small businesses, delivered into the site you already run Their positioning: Overrank sells one automated SEO article a day at the lowest price of the serious tools in this category. You connect a domain, approve a list of about 30 keywords, and it researches, writes, illustrates, links and publishes from then on without further input. It is built by Aurum Days LLC for small business owners, and its own pages lead with local trades, ecommerce and agencies. The vendor styles the name in lowercase as overrank. Their pricing: $39 a month for the one Growth plan, or $300 a year, which the pricing page shows as $25 a month against a struck through $50. That buys up to 30 articles a month for one site. A keyword strategy add on is $99 one time, blog subdomain hosting is $149 one time, and backlink packages start at $249. Where their content lands: The site you already run, five ways: native posts in WordPress, Shopify and Wix; a pasted embed snippet for Squarespace, Duda, GoHighLevel and custom HTML; a read only content API; signed webhooks; or a blog subdomain Overrank hosts for $149 one time, which is also the route it recommends for GoDaddy's own site builder. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and Overrank? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts, then reports on search and conversion. Overrank is an automated SEO service for small businesses that publishes one AI article a day into your site or a subdomain it hosts. Both cap at 30 posts a month at entry, so the difference is governance rather than volume: full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. Overrank: An automated SEO service that publishes one AI written article a day into the site you already run, set up once and then left alone. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. Overrank: Native posts in WordPress, Shopify and Wix, a pasted embed for locked site builders, a content API, signed webhooks, or a hosted subdomain for $149 one time. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. Overrank: $39 a month, or $300 a year, shown on the pricing page as $25 a month. One plan, no tiers, one site. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. Overrank: Up to 30 articles a month, published one a day. There is no higher volume tier to move up to. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. Overrank: None. Overrank states plainly that the card is charged on signup, and gives a full refund for seven days plus a 90 day results guarantee that continues publishing free rather than refunding. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who need the articles to be right about the product, and need a documented reason a post did or did not go out. Overrank: Small businesses, local trades and agencies who want the cheapest way to keep a real blog publishing every day without touching it. ### Choose Blogged if - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, and excludes stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries from reuse. - You need a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, rather than leaving every draft for you to catch. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You want room to grow past 30 posts a month. Blogged Growth is $169 for 60 and Ultra Growth is $229 for 90. Overrank has one plan and it stops at 30. ### Choose Overrank if - Budget is the deciding factor. Overrank is $39 a month, or $300 a year, for the same 30 posts a month that Blogged Starter sells at $99, or $990 a year. - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Shopify, Wix, Squarespace or a hand built HTML site. Overrank publishes into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You run client sites. Overrank's white label rate starts at $29 per client site and falls to $16.50, on one invoice, with nothing pointing back to the vendor. Blogged caps a workspace at 20 Projects. - You publish outside English. Overrank writes in more than 30 languages, chosen at setup. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. - You want to know whether AI assistants mention your brand. Overrank probes how an assistant answers buyer questions in your category each week and shows the prompts that surfaced you. Blogged ships a GEO checklist, not a tracker. ### What Overrank does better than Blogged - Price, on the same volume. Overrank is $39 a month, or $300 a year, for up to 30 articles a month. Blogged Starter is $99 a month, or $990 a year, for 30 posts. That is the same monthly count for well under half the money, and no framing changes it. - It reaches almost any site. Native posts in WordPress, Shopify and Wix, a pasted embed snippet for Squarespace, Duda, GoHighLevel and custom HTML, a public read only content API, HMAC signed webhooks, and a hosted subdomain for $149 one time. Blogged publishes to its own blog site and nowhere else. - The agency economics are better than anything Blogged offers. Overrank charges from $29 per client site down to $16.50 at scale, on one consolidated invoice, fully white labelled, with a five client minimum. Blogged discounts by Project position up to 20 percent and stops at 20 Projects per workspace, so a book of 30 clients has no Blogged equivalent. - It tracks AI assistant visibility as a product feature. Weekly probes of how an assistant answers real buyer questions in your category, a per article visibility signal, and the exact prompts that produced a mention. Blogged has a GEO checklist in the editor and no visibility tracking of any kind. - Off site authority is part of the offer. Contextual links between Overrank sites are included, capped at one per site and never pointed at a competitor, and paid Authority packages run at $299 a month or from $249 one time for directory listings, local citations or a press release. Blogged does no link building at all. - The commitment is easier to unwind. Overrank charges immediately but refunds in full for seven days, adds a 90 day results guarantee that keeps publishing free if Search Console shows no impressions, and cancels in one click. Blogged gives 3 days and takes a card at checkout, which is a shorter look at a higher price. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. Overrank: Yes. Daily keyword discovery scores real volume, difficulty, intent and your domain authority, filters out head terms you cannot win, and queues the rest. A hand curated list of 365 keywords is a $99 one time add on. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. Overrank: Not published. Blog DNA learns tone, vocabulary, sentence rhythm and audience from your existing site and retrains when you publish manually. No public page describes a stored, verified product fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. Overrank: Not published. Keyword discovery runs daily against search data. No public page describes ongoing competitor monitoring with a signal feed you review before it turns into a topic. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. Overrank: Partial. You approve roughly 30 AI selected keywords at setup, or upload your own list. That list is the boundary. Overrank's own three step walkthrough puts the approval at about two minutes, once. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. Overrank: Yes. Overrank states more than 30 languages, picked at setup, with every article for that site written and published in the chosen language. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. Overrank: No. Overrank's own comparison page lists built in per article SEO content scoring among the things a rival does that it does not. Articles ship optimized, but without a score you can read. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. Overrank: Yes. Overrank states at least three internal links per article and an internal link graph built automatically across the archive, so older posts keep picking up links. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. Overrank: Not published. Overrank says articles are built on current data and expert sources, and its terms state it does not guarantee generated content is accurate. The documented article payload carries title, body, meta description, image and FAQs, with no citations field. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. Overrank: Partial. Hero and inline images are sourced from royalty free libraries, deduplicated across your archive and matched to your brand's visual style, and you can upload your own brand images. There is no discovery or capture of visuals from your site. - Revising a post that is already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. Overrank: Not published. Overrank ships a visual editor and states that edits and ratings train later articles. No public page describes scheduled rewrites of articles that are already published. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Overrank: Yes. On the site you already run, as native posts in WordPress, Shopify and Wix, through a pasted embed elsewhere, through a content API or webhook, or on a subdomain Overrank hosts for $149 one time. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Wix Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. Overrank: Yes. A native app for WordPress, Shopify and Wix publishes real posts inside the site. Overrank states the app appears in the site admin only and never on the public blog. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. Overrank: Partial. The hosted subdomain picks up your existing site's logo, menu, colors and footer automatically, and Overrank sets it up and moves your posts. It is styled from your site rather than designed in the product, and elsewhere the design is whatever your platform already has. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. Overrank: Partial. The cadence is one article a day, spaced for steady indexing, with the queue backlogged about seven days ahead. No public page states that you can change the frequency or choose the days. - Structured data and indexing submission on every post Blogged: Partial. Blogged submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through its Search Console connection, and Insights reports indexing coverage on Google's finalized windows. Overrank: Yes. Every article ships with title tags, an article specific canonical, BlogPosting, Breadcrumb and FAQ schema, a sitemap update submitted to Search Console, and a Google Indexing API submission. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. Overrank: Yes. Clicks, impressions and ranking positions are pulled from Search Console into one dashboard with per article ranking history and a weekly Monday digest email. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. Overrank: Partial. Overrank captures leads and tracks clicks, and its dashboard shows leads, clicks and an estimated value. No public page states how the estimated value is calculated or what a tracked click is counted against. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. Overrank: Partial. You set CTA and product links once at site level so every article points readers at the right page, and leads are captured. No public page describes newsletter subscription or subscriber reporting. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. Overrank: Not published. Articles sit in a queue about seven days ahead and there is a visual editor, so a draft can be changed. No public page describes a hold, an approval gate, or a check that stops a publication on its own, and the terms place review of content before publication on the customer. - Tracking whether AI assistants mention your brand Blogged: No. The editor carries a GEO checklist for each post, but Blogged does not track how any AI assistant answers questions about your category. Overrank: Yes. Overrank probes how an AI assistant answers real buyer questions in your category, refreshes the signal weekly per article, and shows the prompts that produced a mention. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. Overrank: Yes. Contextual links between Overrank sites are included, capped at one per site and never pointed at a competitor, with the vendor stating the volume depends on your niche. Paid Authority packages run at $299 a month or from $249 one time. ### One keyword list at setup, or a strategy checked at every publication Overrank's whole promise is that after five minutes nobody has to look again. You connect a domain, approve about 30 keywords, and articles publish daily from then on. Blogged spends its extra money in exactly the place Overrank removes: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says, and Competitor Watch signals never become Topics without review. Overrank's terms are honest about where that leaves responsibility, stating that generated content is not guaranteed accurate and that reviewing it before publication is the customer's job. If nobody on your side is going to do that reading, the question is whether anything else will. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: 40 Topics a month on Starter under those directions, refilled as posts are used. - Overrank: Setup is three steps and about five minutes, with the keyword list as the single approval. - Overrank: The queue is backlogged roughly seven days ahead, so an upcoming article exists before it goes out. - Overrank: A visual editor is included, and Overrank states edits and ratings carry into later articles. - Overrank: The terms state plainly that reviewing content before publication is the customer's responsibility. ### Thirty posts a month either way, at $39 or at $99 Overrank is often described as the volume per dollar leader, and on price it is. On volume it is level. Overrank's pricing page, its agency page and its own comparison page all put the number at up to 30 articles a month, which is exactly Blogged Starter's 30 posts. Daily is a cadence, not extra output. So the honest question is not how many posts each buys, it is what the extra $99 minus $39 a month is spent on: a maintained fact base, approved strategy and publication holds, approved screenshots of your own product, a hosted blog site with search and related reading, and conversion reporting with a stated denominator. If none of those change a decision for you, Overrank is the better buy and this page will not pretend otherwise. - Blogged: $99 a month or $990 a year buys 30 posts, 40 Topics, 150 images and 7 tracked competitors. - Blogged: Growth is $169 for 60 posts and Ultra Growth is $229 for 90, with identical capabilities at every tier. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, and a discount by Project position up to 20 percent. - Blogged: Nothing important sits behind an add on: every feature flag is on across all three self serve tiers. - Overrank: $39 a month, or $300 a year, shown on the pricing page as $25 a month. - Overrank: One plan with no tiers, so there is nothing to upgrade into and nothing to compare. - Overrank: Add ons are priced separately: $99 for a year of curated keywords, $149 for subdomain hosting, $249 and up for backlinks. - Overrank: Agencies pay from $29 per client site down to $16.50, which is cheaper again per site. ### A voice model and a stock library, or your facts and your screenshots Overrank starts from your site. Blog DNA reads it to learn tone, vocabulary, sentence rhythm and audience, then writes to the keyword at the front of the queue and illustrates the result from royalty free image libraries, with an option to upload your own brand images. Blogged starts from a fact base instead: the Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. Its Assets pillar discovers images and rendered page captures from your own site, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation rather than letting the model draw it. Blogged also states the limit: grounding constrains what a model reuses, it does not certify that every claim is correct. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: Discovered screenshots and page captures reviewed and approved before an article can use them. - Blogged: The approved logo is composited after generation, so it is your mark and not an approximation of it. - Overrank: Blog DNA matches tone and reading level from your existing pages with nothing to brief. - Overrank: It retrains on your voice every time you publish something by hand. - Overrank: Images are royalty free and commercial safe, deduplicated across your recent articles. - Overrank: You can upload your own brand images rather than accepting only what the library returns. ### Six months after you cancel, or an export you keep This is the difference most buyers find out about late. Overrank's published answer is explicit, though it is split across two places. Its pricing page and every platform page state that articles already published stay live and continue to rank for six months after cancellation, including the WordPress and Shopify pages, where the posts sit in your own database. The file it publishes for AI crawlers at overrank.ai/llms.txt adds the other half, that they are then removed. Its terms state neither, and say only that data may be deleted 30 days after an account is terminated for a violation. It also says the content is yours and the hosted subdomain transfers out, so the statements need reading together. Blogged is a hosted destination too, so leaving still means moving URLs, but the exit is different in kind: every post exports as a Markdown download, a Markdown copy or a formatted article copy, revision history keeps manual and publication snapshots with selective restore, and no clock runs on the content you paid for. - Blogged: Export any post as a Markdown download, a Markdown copy or a formatted article copy. - Blogged: Revision history keeps manual and publication snapshots, with selective restore. - Blogged: Preview and export never save or publish, so checking what you have costs nothing. - Blogged: No stated expiry on published posts, though leaving a hosted blog still means moving URLs. - Overrank: Overrank states published articles stay live and keep ranking for six months after you cancel. - Overrank: Its terms state you own the content generated for your account and may use it for any lawful purpose. - Overrank: The hosted subdomain is described as yours, transferable out at any time, with no lock in. - Overrank: On the native WordPress, Shopify and Wix route the post is a real post in your own CMS. ### Switching from Overrank to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a connector. There is no plugin or embed to install, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries later generation is grounded in. If Overrank only ever knew your tone, this is the step that changes the output most. 2. Get the Overrank articles out before the clock runs. Overrank states published articles are removed six months after cancellation, so export first and cancel second. Pull them from your CMS, or from the read only content API if they were served through the embed or a subdomain, then import to Blogged as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite, and it rejects unsupported high risk types before they consume post quota. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If Overrank was publishing native posts into WordPress or a subdomain it hosted, map the redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Your Overrank keyword list is a good starting inventory, but it is a list rather than a strategy. Write the Content Directions you actually want, run assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, then switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is Overrank better than Blogged? It depends on who is going to read the drafts. If the answer is nobody, and the blog needs to exist cheaply on a site you already run, Overrank is the better buy at $39 a month for the same 30 posts. If the articles have to be accurate about your product, and you need a documented reason a post did or did not publish, Blogged is built for that and Overrank is not. ### Is Overrank the same as Outrank? No. They are different companies with confusingly similar names. Overrank is overrank.ai, operated by Aurum Days LLC, and sells one automated article a day from $39 a month. Outrank is outrank.so, sells 30 articles a month plus a backlink exchange from $99, and has its own comparison page here. Note also that overrank.io is not the product and does not resolve. ### How much does Overrank cost compared with Blogged? Overrank is $39 a month, or $300 a year, which its pricing page shows as $25 a month. That buys up to 30 articles a month for one site. Blogged Starter is $99 a month, or $990 a year, for 30 posts and 40 Topics. The monthly volume is identical, so Overrank is roughly two and a half times cheaper for the same post count. ### What is the best Overrank alternative? It depends which part you are replacing. To stay cheap and keep publishing into a site you already run, SEObot and BlogSEO cover similar ground. To replace the blog itself rather than feed one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that need grounded articles, governed publishing and conversion reporting rather than the lowest price. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Overrank publishes native WordPress, Shopify and Wix posts and offers an embed for other platforms, so if keeping the blog inside your CMS is a requirement, that is the difference. ### Does Overrank really publish a new article every day? Yes, and daily is the whole cadence. Overrank's pricing page, its agency page and its own comparison page all state up to 30 articles a month, published one a day and spaced for steady indexing, with the queue backlogged about seven days ahead. That is the same monthly count Blogged Starter allows, so daily describes the rhythm rather than a higher ceiling. ### What happens to the articles if I stop paying? Overrank's published answer is that articles already live stay live and keep ranking for six months, then are removed, and it publishes that six month clock for every route including native WordPress and Shopify posts that sit in your own CMS. Its terms say the content is yours. Blogged posts have no stated expiry and export as a Markdown download, a Markdown copy or a formatted article copy, with revision history and selective restore. ### Why pay $99 when Overrank publishes the same 30 posts for $39? Because the two products spend the money differently, and for some buyers Overrank spends it better. The extra buys a maintained fact base, approved Content Directions with holds that can stop a publication, your own approved screenshots, a hosted blog site with CTAs, and conversion reporting with a stated denominator. If none of that changes a decision, take the $39 plan. Blogged's trial is 3 days, which is short, so decide before you buy. ## Blogged vs BlogPilot URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogpilot Competitor: BlogPilot (https://blogpilot.ai) Category: AI blog autopilot that researches keywords, writes long form articles in topic clusters, and publishes them into a CMS you already run Their positioning: BlogPilot sells a blog that keeps shipping without anyone opening a prompt box. You connect WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify once, approve a calendar it proposes from its own keyword research, and it writes each long form article in a saved brand voice and publishes on the cadence you set. Its distinguishing claim is architecture: it groups search demand into a pillar plus supporting subtopics, writes the whole cluster, and wires internal links between the pieces as each one publishes. Their pricing: $49 a month for Starter, which buys roughly 15 articles a month on one connected site. Growth is $99 for roughly 50 articles across 3 sites, Scale is $249 for roughly 150 across 10, and an Agency tier is quoted by sales. Annual billing is about two months free. There is no free plan. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify, as a live post or a draft. BlogPilot does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and BlogPilot? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. BlogPilot is an AI blog autopilot that researches keywords, writes long form articles in pillar and cluster groups, and publishes them into WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify. The sharpest difference is who owns the destination and what happens after a post goes live. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project, BlogPilot at $49. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. BlogPilot: An AI blog autopilot that researches keywords, writes long form articles in topic clusters, and publishes them into a CMS you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. BlogPilot: Scheduled publishing into WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify, as a live post or a draft, with title, tags and categories set. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. BlogPilot: $49 a month for Starter, or $492 a year. Growth is $99 and Scale is $249. No seat count is published below the Agency tier. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229, each on one Project. BlogPilot: Roughly 15, 50 or 150 articles a month across 1, 3 or 10 connected sites. The counts are written as approximate on the pricing page. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. BlogPilot: No free plan and no published trial. An interactive preview on the site runs without signing up, and the plan buttons open an email verification rather than a checkout. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. BlogPilot: Teams with a CMS they are keeping, or several sites, who want a topic cluster planned and shipped for less than a hosted platform costs. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only that it published. Insights reports Search Console performance, indexing coverage, CTA views, click through, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site Blogged hosts. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, so the refusal is part of the system rather than a person catching it. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose BlogPilot if - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify and it is not moving. BlogPilot publishes into all four and Blogged publishes into none of them. - You run more than one site. Growth covers three connected sites at $99 and Scale covers ten at $249, on one bill. Blogged is priced per Project, so three sites is three subscriptions with a 10 percent band on Projects 2 to 4. - Budget is the constraint. $49 a month is half Blogged's entry price, billing is monthly with no lock in, and the signup takes an email rather than a card, against Blogged's 3 day trial with a card at checkout. - You want a topic cluster planned and then actually written. BlogPilot maps a pillar plus its supporting subtopics, writes every article in the set, and links them together as each one publishes. Blogged does not publish a cluster planner. - You need pages at a scale a blog does not reach. BlogPilot generates programmatic SEO pages from a pattern or dataset and drip publishes them, with bulk mode listed as a Scale plan feature. Blogged has no bulk page generator at all. ### What BlogPilot does better than Blogged - It is genuinely cheaper, and the gap is wider than the headline. Starter is $49 a month against Blogged's $99. More pointed: BlogPilot Growth costs $99 a month, or $984 a year, which is within a few dollars of Blogged Starter at $99 a month and $990 a year, and claims roughly 50 articles across three sites where Blogged Starter allows 30 posts on one Project. - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress, Webflow, Ghost and Shopify are all supported, as a live post or a draft, with title, tags and categories set. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a team committed to an existing site that ends the conversation. - It plans content architecture, not just a queue. BlogPilot groups search demand into a pillar plus supporting subtopics, writes the pillar page and every cluster article, and links each supporting piece up to the pillar and sideways to its siblings as it publishes. Blogged manages internal links post by post and has no equivalent cluster planner. - It generates programmatic pages. Give it a pattern or a dataset and it writes each page individually rather than filling a template, links each one in, and drip publishes to the CMS. Blogged produces blog posts and has no bulk programmatic page generator. - You can watch it work before anyone asks for money. The site runs an interactive preview that returns an outline, target keywords and a sample calendar with no signup, and the plan buttons open an email verification instead of a checkout. Blogged asks for a card and gives you three days. - It documents what it does not do. Its own internal linking page places BlogPilot in one row of a four row category and says plainly that it does not crawl your existing site, does not produce orphan page reports, and will not fix links in a post published years ago, then names the audit tools that will. Its keyword page states it does not hold an index the size of the large SEO suites. Vendors who scope themselves out of work are rarer than they should be. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. BlogPilot: Yes. BlogPilot expands a seed topic into searches grouped by intent rather than string match, scores them, and proposes a calendar of titles you approve, edit or leave to run. - A planned pillar and cluster architecture Blogged: No. Blogged plans at the level of approved Content Directions and individual Topics. There is no pillar page builder and no cluster map that decides how a set of posts relates to each other. BlogPilot: Yes. BlogPilot groups demand into one pillar plus its supporting subtopics, writes the pillar and every supporting article, and extends the cluster as new subtopics appear. Its guidance puts a typical cluster at ten to forty pages per pillar. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. BlogPilot: Not published. BlogPilot takes a saved brand voice and, per its privacy policy, any source material or guidance you provide. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base with freshness or conflict rules that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. BlogPilot: Not published. No public page states whether BlogPilot tracks named competitors or turns anything it finds there into topics. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. BlogPilot: Partial. The proposed calendar can be approved, edited, or left to run, and a brand voice is saved once and applied to every article. It is a schedule and a tone rather than a rule set that generation is checked against. - Programmatic pages generated at scale Blogged: No. Blogged produces blog posts. There is no bulk programmatic page generator and no template driven page builder. BlogPilot: Yes. Bulk mode takes a pattern or dataset, writes each page individually rather than filling a template, links each into existing pages, and drip publishes them. The pricing page lists bulk mode and programmatic SEO templates as a Scale feature, while the programmatic and bulk pages describe the capability on plans from $49. ### Interlinking and writing - Internal links added without anyone opening the post Blogged: Partial. The Editor surfaces candidate destinations and the section each one fits, but it does not insert them for you. Its own documentation answers the question directly: Blogged does not insert every suggested link automatically. BlogPilot: Yes. Links to existing posts are written into each new article as it is generated and published, with no review step required. BlogPilot argues that generation time is the only moment linking costs nothing extra. - Link destinations verified before the link goes in Blogged: Yes. Suggestions are built around verified destinations rather than invented URLs. The Editor keeps destination status visible, confirms the page belongs to the intended publishing site, and shows the proposed anchor with the matching section before insertion. BlogPilot: Not published. No public page states whether BlogPilot checks that a link target is live and correct before writing it into an article. Links are added with descriptive anchor text and any article can be reviewed and edited before it publishes, so an anchor can be changed by hand, but no separate link review step is described. - Linking into a back catalogue that predates the tool Blogged: No. Internal linking runs across the posts Blogged hosts. Articles imported as Markdown join that set, but pages living elsewhere on your site are not crawled and are not link candidates. BlogPilot: No. BlogPilot states this plainly on its own internal linking page: it does not crawl your existing site, does not produce an orphan page report, and will not repair links in an older post. It recommends an audit crawler for that work. - Related reading generated on the live blog Blogged: Yes. The hosted blog site presents related reading from category and shared topic tags, with cover, excerpt and reading time, alongside first party on site reader search. BlogPilot: Not published. BlogPilot delivers a post into a CMS it does not own, so related reading modules belong to whatever theme that CMS runs. No public page states that BlogPilot adds one. - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The Editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. BlogPilot: Not published. BlogPilot states that headings, meta title, meta description, slug and on page structure are set automatically and that articles run well over a thousand words. No per article score or blocker list is published. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The Editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. BlogPilot: Not published. No public page states whether BlogPilot cites the material behind a claim or attaches sources to a published article. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. BlogPilot: Yes. In a CMS you already run, as a live post or an unpublished draft, with title, tags and categories set on arrival. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. BlogPilot: Yes. All four are supported and are the whole integration list. There is no webhook, no generic API on the self serve plans, and API access appears only on the Agency tier. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. BlogPilot: No. BlogPilot writes into a blog you already run, so the design, URL structure and theme stay entirely yours. That is the point of the product, and it means there is no site to inherit if you do not have one. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. BlogPilot: Not published. One BlogPilot page states that published articles arrive with images in place. No public page describes where those images come from, whether they are generated, or whether they can show your product. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. BlogPilot: Not published. No public page describes rewriting, refreshing or updating an article once it has published. The product is described throughout as filling and shipping a forward calendar. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. BlogPilot: Not published. Search Console appears on BlogPilot's site only inside its own SEO guides, as advice to the reader. No public page describes connecting a property or reporting performance in the product. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. BlogPilot: No. BlogPilot does not own the destination site, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your CMS already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. BlogPilot: No. BlogPilot delivers articles into a site it does not own, so signup forms and calls to action belong to your CMS and its theme. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. BlogPilot: Partial. You can run review then publish per article or for the whole calendar, and articles can land as CMS drafts. The control is a person reading drafts, not a check that stops a publication on its own. - Team seats included in the price Blogged: Yes. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, including Starter. Seats are never the reason to move up a tier. BlogPilot: Not published. No seat count is published for Starter, Growth or Scale. More seats appear as a line on the Agency tier, which is quoted by sales. ### BlogPilot publishes into your CMS. Blogged is the destination. BlogPilot's whole design assumes you already run a blog it can push into, and it supports four places to do it: WordPress, Webflow, Ghost and Shopify. Blogged assumes the opposite. It builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That single decision sets most of the rest of this page. It is why Blogged can report what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool for a team that rebuilt its site in Webflow last quarter and is not moving the blog again. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - BlogPilot: Scheduled publishing into WordPress, Webflow, Ghost and Shopify, connected once. - BlogPilot: Posts arrive with title, tags and categories set, live or as an unpublished draft. - BlogPilot: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. - BlogPilot: Three connected sites on the $99 plan and ten on the $249 plan, on one bill. ### Links written automatically, or links verified and accepted This is the closest comparison between these two products, and it does not resolve cleanly in either direction. BlogPilot writes internal links into each article as it is generated, and it plans the shape they form: a pillar page plus supporting subtopics, with each supporting article linked up to the pillar and across to its siblings. Blogged works one post at a time instead. The Editor proposes destinations it has verified as live and belonging to your site, shows the anchor and the exact section a link would sit in, and inserts on acceptance with an undo path, and its own documentation states that it does not insert suggestions automatically. Both products are honest that neither reaches back into a catalogue it did not publish. So the trade is real: BlogPilot gives you architecture and no clicks, Blogged gives you verification and a decision per link, and if the cluster map is what you are buying, Blogged does not have one. - Blogged: Candidate destinations come from the posts on your publishing site and are verified as live before they are offered. - Blogged: Each suggestion arrives with the proposed anchor text and the section it belongs in, so relevance is judged in context. - Blogged: Insert and undo are both one step, and no link enters an article without a person accepting it. - Blogged: The hosted blog site adds related reading between published posts on top of the links inside them. - BlogPilot: Links to existing posts are written into every new article at generation time, with no manual link hunting. - BlogPilot: The cluster is the planning unit: a pillar plus its supporting subtopics, mapped before anything is written. - BlogPilot: Supporting articles link up to the pillar and sideways to siblings with descriptive anchor text. - BlogPilot: The cluster keeps extending as new subtopics appear, rather than being treated as finished. ### Fifty articles for $99, or thirty governed posts for $99 The prices collide almost exactly, and the concession is worth making up front. BlogPilot Growth is $99 a month or $984 a year for roughly 50 articles across three connected sites, while Blogged Starter is $99 a month or $990 a year for 30 posts on one Project. On raw output per dollar that is not close, and a team whose problem is an empty blog should notice. What the extra buys on the Blogged side is not more words but more per post: the Knowledge Engine grounding each claim in source bound product facts, approved product screenshots and an exactly composited logo rather than generic imagery, CTAs and lead capture built into the page, and a governance path that can stop a publication. If your bottleneck is volume, BlogPilot wins this row, and if it is that the posts have to be right about your product and traceable to a lead, the arithmetic changes. - Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month, with 40 to 120 Topics and 150 to 450 images behind them. - Blogged: Every capability is on every self serve tier. Plans differ by volume, not by what the product can do. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, so a second reviewer costs nothing. - Blogged: Multi Project pricing takes 10 percent off Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent off 5 to 10 and 20 percent off 11 to 20. - BlogPilot: Roughly 15, 50 or 150 articles a month at $49, $99 and $249, with annual billing about two months free. - BlogPilot: Three connected sites at $99 and ten at $249, all under one subscription. - BlogPilot: Flat monthly pricing with no word credits to forecast and no per article metering. - BlogPilot: Monthly billing with no lock in, which suits an unproven channel better than an annual commitment. ### The article ships, and then what BlogPilot's public material describes a loop that ends at publication. It researches, writes, links and publishes, and it says so consistently across every page. What it does not describe anywhere is what comes back: there is no Search Console connection, no performance reporting, no indexing view and no conversion measurement on its site, and Search Console appears only as advice inside its own SEO guides. That is a coherent product decision rather than an oversight, because BlogPilot does not own the site the post lands on. Blogged owns that site, so the second half of the loop is available to it. Insights reports Search Console performance and indexing coverage next to CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution, and it publishes what it will not claim. - Blogged: Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries, top pages and indexing coverage in the product. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - BlogPilot: Whatever analytics your CMS already runs keeps working, unchanged, on the site you own. - BlogPilot: Posts arrive as normal CMS entries, so your existing reporting and tag manager cover them. - BlogPilot: BlogPilot states that ranking and traffic results depend on your site, niche and competition. - BlogPilot: Nothing new to learn on the measurement side if your team already reads its own dashboards. ### Switching from BlogPilot to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations, and record the product facts BlogPilot only ever saw as a brand voice. 2. Bring the articles BlogPilot already published. Export from WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. BlogPilot published at a path inside your own CMS, so map the redirects from those URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Rebuild the linking as a decision, then hand over the schedule. BlogPilot's links were written automatically inside your CMS and do not travel with the content. In Blogged the Editor proposes verified destinations across the imported set and someone accepts them, so plan a pass over the first batch. Start in assisted mode, approve Content Directions, then switch on full Autopilot and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is BlogPilot better than Blogged? It depends on where your blog lives and what your bottleneck is. If the blog is already in WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify and is not moving, BlogPilot is the better buy, because Blogged cannot publish into any of them. If you need volume across several sites at the lowest price, BlogPilot wins again. If you have no blog yet, or the posts have to be grounded in verified product facts and measured to a lead, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best BlogPilot alternative? That depends which half you are replacing. For pushing articles into a CMS you already run, SEObot and Outrank cover similar ground, with Outrank adding off site link building. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged hosts the site, governs what publishes and reports on conversion. RankBolt is worth a look if flat rate volume at a low price is the whole requirement. ### How much does BlogPilot cost compared with Blogged? BlogPilot starts at $49 a month for roughly 15 articles on one site, with Growth at $99 for roughly 50 across three sites and Scale at $249 for roughly 150 across ten. Blogged starts at $99 a month or $990 a year for 30 posts and 40 Topics on one Project, with Growth at $169 and Ultra Growth at $229. BlogPilot is cheaper at every comparable tier, and Blogged includes unlimited team seats. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress, Webflow, Ghost or Shopify is a requirement, BlogPilot does that and Blogged does not. ### How does Blogged's internal linking compare with BlogPilot's? BlogPilot writes links into each article automatically as it publishes, and plans them as a pillar and cluster shape. Blogged links only to destinations it has already verified are live, and shows the anchor and the section each link would sit in. In the editor nothing is inserted unless you accept it, and undo puts it back. Automation is a separate setting: a drafting run inserts links itself, and the default for already published posts adds up to ten link opportunities each time a post publishes, which you can set to review or off. Neither product reaches back into pages it did not publish. ### Does Blogged build topic clusters the way BlogPilot does? Not as an explicit architecture. Blogged plans through approved Content Directions and a bounded supply of Topics, links posts in the Editor, and generates related reading on the hosted site. It does not publish a pillar page builder or a cluster map that decides how a set of posts relates. If a planned pillar and cluster structure is what you are buying, that is a genuine reason to choose BlogPilot. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with BlogPilot's? Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. BlogPilot has no free plan and publishes no trial, but its signup is an email verification rather than a checkout, and its site runs an interactive preview that returns an outline, keywords and a sample calendar without any signup at all. If you want to see something before handing over a card, that is a real advantage for BlogPilot and worth saying plainly. ### Can Blogged run several sites the way BlogPilot connects several? Yes, but the pricing works differently and it costs more. Each site is a separate Project with its own subscription, discounted by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent and 11 to 20 take 20 percent, up to 20 Projects in a workspace. BlogPilot includes three connected sites at $99 and ten at $249 on one plan, so for a multi site operator it is substantially cheaper. ## Blogged vs LotsBlog URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-lotsblog Competitor: LotsBlog (https://lots.blog) Category: A hosted multi blog platform with a built in agent that plans, writes and publishes Their positioning: LotsBlog sells a hosted blog with an agent attached. The agent researches keywords, plans topics, drafts posts, interlinks them, publishes on a cadence you set, and revisits older posts when the facts change. Drafts wait for approval by default. One account can run one, three or ten blogs, each with its own agent, workspace and client approval flow, which is how it sells to agencies. It is built by LotsTech alongside sibling products for social, support and links. Their pricing: $29 a month, or $290 a year, for Starter: one blog, 30,000 monthly visits and 1,000 monthly LotsTech Credits. Pro is $79 for three blogs and 100,000 visits, Business $199 for ten blogs and 300,000 visits. Posts are listed as unlimited, but credits pay for the agent's writing and research and no page states how many an article costs. Where their content lands: A blog LotsBlog hosts, on a LotsBlog subdomain or on your own domain, including a path such as yourcompany.com/blog with SSL and DNS handled. It does not push posts into WordPress, Webflow, Shopify or Ghost. It migrates you off them instead. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and LotsBlog? Blogged and LotsBlog both host the blog they publish to, so neither pushes posts into WordPress or Webflow. Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes, then reports CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site it hosts. LotsBlog is a hosted multi blog platform whose agent plans, writes, interlinks, publishes and refreshes posts from $29 a month. The sharpest difference is measurement, not publishing. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts, then reports on search and conversion. LotsBlog: A hosted blog platform with a built in agent that plans, writes, interlinks, publishes on a cadence and revisits older posts, across one to ten blogs. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. LotsBlog: A blog LotsBlog hosts, on a LotsBlog subdomain or your own domain, including a path such as yourcompany.com/blog. No CMS integrations. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. LotsBlog: $29 a month, or $290 a year, for Starter. Unlimited user accounts. Pro is $79 for three blogs and Business $199 for ten. - What the plan meters. Blogged: Output. 30, 60 or 90 posts a month, with 40 to 120 Topics and 150 to 450 images. Traffic is not metered. LotsBlog: Traffic and AI usage. 30,000, 100,000 or 300,000 monthly visits, plus 1,000, 2,500 or 7,000 LotsTech Credits. Posts are listed as unlimited. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. LotsBlog: 7 days on every paid plan, described as no commitment and cancel anytime. Whether a card is taken at signup is not published. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who need the blog to show the real product and to report what it converts, not only what it drew. LotsBlog: Price sensitive founders and agencies who want a hosted blog running on a cadence for the cost of a tool rather than a hire. ### Choose Blogged if - You have to prove the blog earns something. Insights reports CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution, alongside Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, position and indexing coverage. - The articles have to show your actual product. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the image model draw it. - Your product changes and the writing has to keep up. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want competitors watched rather than only mined for keywords. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages, and signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without review. - You would rather the bill track output than traffic. Blogged meters posts, Topics and images per plan, so a post that succeeds does not move you up a tier. ### Choose LotsBlog if - Budget decides it. LotsBlog Starter is $29 a month, or $290 a year, for a hosted blog on your own domain. Blogged Starter is $99. If the blog has to earn its budget before it gets one, LotsBlog is the better buy and this page will not pretend otherwise. - You run blogs for clients. Three blogs at $79 and ten at $199 sit on one bill, each with its own agent, workspace and client approval flow, and white label is offered on Enterprise. Blogged charges per Project and caps a workspace at twenty. - You have a WordPress or Ghost blog and do not want to move it yourself. LotsBlog offers free concierge migration covering posts, tags and redirects. Blogged asks you to export and import Markdown. - You want the archive maintained, not only extended. Refreshing published posts is step five of the LotsBlog loop and reads post performance data to decide what to revisit. Blogged caps revisions per post by plan. - You want to drive it from wherever you are. LotsBlog answers in a web chat, by email and on Telegram, and every dashboard action is exposed over REST and MCP. Blogged has a dashboard and webhooks. ### What LotsBlog does better than Blogged - It is a third of the price at entry. $29 a month, or $290 a year, buys a hosted blog on your own domain with a 7 day trial. Blogged Starter is $99 a month, or $990 a year, with 3 days and a card at checkout. For a solo founder testing whether a blog works at all, that is the honest recommendation. - It can genuinely refuse to publish, and that is worth stating plainly because almost nothing else in this category can. Idea approval and post approval each toggle between requiring a person and running automatically, a numeric pass score holds any draft below it, and its documented review tool demands a nineteen item checklist with a rationale and a recommendation on every item. - It maintains what is already live. Refresh is a named step in its loop and a named role on a content idea, fed by a post performance report the agent reasons over. Blogged offers revisions per post by plan, with history and selective restore, but no detector that queues a refresh on its own. - It moves you off your old blog for free. LotsBlog advertises concierge migration from WordPress, Ghost or Webflow that preserves posts, tags and redirects. Blogged has Markdown import, which is real but is work you do. - Agency economics are better. Ten client blogs cost $199 a month on one account, each with its own agent memory, approval rules and team roles, with white label offered on Enterprise. Blogged prices per Project, discounts by position, and stops at twenty Projects in a workspace. - It gates topics on demand before anything is written. Its Autopilot settings carry a minimum keyword volume, a maximum keyword difficulty and a requirement that a title match the query, and its idea endpoint recomputes an opportunity score and rejects weak demand. Blogged keeps no keyword difficulty database of its own. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. LotsBlog: Yes. LotsBlog finds and saves keyword ideas with volume and difficulty, groups them into clusters, and keeps an idea buffer topped up, expanding commercial patterns such as alternative, versus, best and pricing from the competitor names on file. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. LotsBlog: Yes. LotsBlog stores a durable strategy per blog covering purpose, target reader, reader pains, voice, topic territory, cadence and default reader action, plus private content pillars, and the agent reads it before ideation, briefs, writing and review. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. LotsBlog: Partial. LotsBlog keeps a freeform factual brief of up to 20,000 characters that you maintain, instructs the agent not to invent facts outside it, and researches live sources per draft. No public page describes per fact sources, freshness checks or conflict handling. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. LotsBlog: Partial. Competitor brand names are stored on the blog strategy and used to seed commercial keyword patterns. No public page describes recurring discovery over their content, a signal feed with evidence, or a review step before a topic is created. - Volume and difficulty thresholds an idea has to clear Blogged: No. Blogged keeps no keyword difficulty database of its own. Topics are supplied and reviewed against approved Content Directions rather than filtered against a volume or difficulty number you set. LotsBlog: Yes. Autopilot settings carry a minimum keyword volume, a maximum keyword difficulty, a required primary keyword and a required title to query match, and the service recomputes an opportunity score and rejects ideas with weak demand. ### Writing and what goes in the article - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. LotsBlog: Yes. Every review saves a nineteen item checklist with a pass or fail, a rationale and a recommendation per item, alongside separate SEO, opening, interlink, CTA and voice match scores measured against the pass threshold set for that blog. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. LotsBlog: Yes. Interlinking is step three of the published loop, an interlink score is part of every saved review, and the hosted blog renders related posts under each article. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. LotsBlog: Partial. LotsBlog states the agent researches live web sources and reviews drafts for factual accuracy. The documented post record carries one optional source link field, and no public page states whether individual claims are cited in the body. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. LotsBlog: Partial. Posts take a cover image and per item images, and the API uploads a generated image to the blog CDN. LotsBlog's marketing pages do not discuss article imagery, and nothing public describes capturing, approving or placing a screenshot of your product. - Post formats beyond the standard article Blogged: No. Blogged publishes blog posts. Creation runs from an approved Topic, a custom brief or a Markdown import, and there are no poll, quiz or video post types. LotsBlog: Yes. LotsBlog creates articles, listicles with individually editable items, polls, video posts and short notes, and multiple post types are listed as included on every plan. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. LotsBlog: Yes. On a blog LotsBlog hosts and keeps online, on a LotsBlog subdomain or your own domain, including a path such as yourcompany.com/blog, with SSL and DNS handled for you. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. LotsBlog: No. LotsBlog is also the destination. Its comparison section positions against WordPress, Webflow and Ghost as systems it replaces, and it migrates you off them rather than publishing into them. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. LotsBlog: Yes. Five layouts, classic, minimal, editorial, magazine and sidebar, with palette, corner radius and contrast set per blog, plus reader search, topics, a comments system and no platform badge on the published pages. - Moving an existing blog across for you Blogged: Partial. Blogged imports Markdown, either preserving the body exactly or using a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite, and rejects unsupported high risk types before they consume post quota. The export and the import are yours to run. LotsBlog: Yes. LotsBlog advertises free concierge migration from WordPress, Ghost or Webflow, stated to bring across every post, tag and redirect, and lists it on the homepage as a reason to switch. - Running several blogs from one account Blogged: Partial. Each blog is a separate Project with its own bill, discounted by position at 10, 15 and 20 percent, up to 20 Projects in a workspace. Team seats are unlimited on every paid plan. LotsBlog: Yes. One, three or ten blogs by plan and more on Enterprise, each with its own agent memory, settings and approval rules, plus per client workspaces, roles and cross client reporting. White label is offered on Enterprise. ### Measurement and governance - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. LotsBlog: Yes. Idea approval and post approval each switch between requiring a person and running automatically, a pass score from 0 to 100 holds any draft below it, and an hourly evaluator reports why Autopilot is blocked and what needs approving. - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. LotsBlog: Not published. No LotsBlog page or documented endpoint describes a Search Console connection. The reporting it publishes is the platform's own traffic and engagement data for the blog and for each post. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. LotsBlog: No. LotsBlog reports traffic and engagement at blog and post level. Conversion is not among its published reports, and its own guide to proving blog return points readers at Google Analytics goals, UTM tags and third party attribution tools. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. LotsBlog: Not published. Signup capture is not in the included feature list, not among the documented endpoints, and not present on the LotsBlog hosted blogs checked. One page refers to your email list being yours without saying what collects it. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. LotsBlog: Yes. Refresh is step five of the published loop and a named role on a content idea, and a post performance report gives the agent the data it reasons over to decide which live posts to revisit. ### One meter runs on your traffic, the other on your output LotsBlog Starter is $29 a month and lists posts as unlimited, then meters two other things: 30,000 monthly visits and 1,000 monthly credits that pay for the agent's writing and research. Neither the credits an article consumes nor the monthly post quota its API enforces is published, so the real ceiling on Starter is not a number you can look up. Blogged meters the opposite way. You buy a fixed output at a fixed price, and traffic is not part of the plan, so a post that works does not move you up a tier. LotsBlog is still much cheaper at entry, and for a blog that has not proven itself the traffic ceiling is theoretical. - Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month at $99, $169 and $229 per Project. - Blogged: 40 to 120 Topics and 150 to 450 images a month, stated on the plan. - Blogged: Every feature is on every self serve tier. The tiers differ by volume, not by capability. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats, and a discount by Project position for a second, fifth or eleventh Project. - LotsBlog: $29 a month, or $290 a year, which is ten months of the monthly rate. - LotsBlog: 30,000 monthly visits on Starter, 100,000 on Pro at $79, 300,000 on Business at $199. - LotsBlog: LotsBlog states it does not cut traffic off at the limit and asks you to upgrade instead. - LotsBlog: 1,000 monthly credits on Starter, shared across the other LotsTech products, toppable from the dashboard. ### Both can refuse to publish, on different grounds On most pages in this set, governance is where Blogged pulls away, because a rival's controls turn out to be a schedule with a preview. LotsBlog is the exception and it deserves to be said clearly. Its Autopilot takes an idea approval mode, a post approval mode and a numeric pass score, its review step writes a nineteen item checklist with a rationale and a recommendation on every item, its idea endpoint rejects weak demand outright, and an hourly evaluator reports why publishing is blocked. What differs is the ground of the refusal: LotsBlog holds a draft because it scored below a number you set, and Blogged holds it because approved Content Directions or a governance check say it may not go out. A score answers how good the draft is, and a Direction answers whether this was ever a post you agreed to publish. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - LotsBlog: A quality pass score from 0 to 100, below which a draft does not publish. - LotsBlog: Idea approval and post approval each set to require a person or to run automatically. - LotsBlog: A nineteen item review checklist with a pass or fail, a rationale and a recommendation per item. - LotsBlog: Notifications for blocked, needs approval, run failed and a weekly summary, by email or Telegram. ### A brief you maintain, or a fact base the product maintains LotsBlog grounds writing in a strategy record and a freeform factual brief of up to 20,000 characters, tells the agent not to invent facts outside it, and researches live web sources for each draft rather than relying on one stale scrape. That is a better setup than most tools in this category and the page should say so. It also means the accuracy of your product facts is your maintenance job: one long document you keep current. Blogged holds a Knowledge Engine instead, with product, competitor and keyword facts bound to official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and stale or conflicting entries excluded from reuse. The same split shows up in imagery, where Blogged captures and approves real screenshots of your product and composites your approved logo after generation, and LotsBlog's public material does not describe article imagery at all. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: Discovered site images and rendered page captures, approved in a queue and placed exactly. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - LotsBlog: A factual brief of up to 20,000 characters, with an instruction not to write outside it. - LotsBlog: A public business profile and separate internal guidance, both in Markdown, kept per blog. - LotsBlog: Live web research per draft, then a review pass covering brand voice, facts, originality and SEO. - LotsBlog: Posts take a cover image and per item images, uploaded to the blog CDN through the API. ### Traffic on the blog, or what the blog turned into This is the cleanest wedge on the page, because neither product can excuse itself by saying it does not own the site. Both own the site. LotsBlog reports traffic and engagement for the blog and for each post, and a separate performance report feeds its refresh loop, which is a good use of the data it has. What it does not publish is anything downstream of the pageview: no Search Console connection, no CTA measurement, no lead or subscriber reporting. Blogged treats that as the point of hosting the blog, so a CTA view is counted only when a quarter of the surface enters the viewport, and the same report carries click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution next to Search Console clicks, impressions, position and indexing coverage. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries, top pages and indexing coverage. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - LotsBlog: Traffic and engagement analytics for the blog and for every individual post. - LotsBlog: A content performance report the agent reads to decide which live posts to refresh. - LotsBlog: Cross client reporting in one dashboard for agencies running several blogs. - LotsBlog: An analytics dashboard is listed as included on every plan, including the $29 tier. ### Switching from LotsBlog to Blogged 1. Export from LotsBlog and import as Markdown. LotsBlog states your content is yours and exportable, and Blogged imports Markdown, preserving the body exactly or using a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota. Be clear eyed about the direction of travel here: LotsBlog will migrate you in for free, and Blogged will not. 2. Keep the URLs you already earned. Your LotsBlog posts already live on your own domain, so the URLs are yours and the rankings attach to them. Choose the matching Blogged destination, a hosted subdomain, blog.yourcompany.com, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog, map the old paths to the new ones before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 3. Turn your source brief into Knowledge Engine entries. The factual brief you maintained for the LotsBlog agent is the raw material for the Knowledge Engine. Split it into product, competitor and keyword facts, attach the official source to each one, and let freshness and conflict handling take over the job you were doing by hand in one document. 4. Approve Content Directions, then switch the measurement on. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, and approve the Content Directions before switching on full Autopilot. Then connect Search Console, place the product CTAs and newsletter signup on the blog site, and add the competitors you want watched, which is the reporting you did not have before. ### Is LotsBlog better than Blogged? It depends on what you need the blog to prove. If the goal is a hosted blog publishing consistently on your domain for the lowest sensible price, LotsBlog at $29 a month is the better buy and costs a third as much. If you need the posts to show your real product and to report CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes, Blogged covers ground LotsBlog does not publish. ### What is the best LotsBlog alternative? It depends which part you are replacing. For another hosted blog that runs itself and reports on conversion as well as traffic, Blogged is the closest match, though it costs more. If you would rather feed a site you already run than host a blog, Outrank, SEObot and SEO Autopilot all publish into a CMS you own, including WordPress, which neither Blogged nor LotsBlog does. ### How much does LotsBlog cost compared with Blogged? LotsBlog Starter is $29 a month, or $290 a year, for one blog, 30,000 monthly visits and 1,000 credits. Blogged Starter is $99 a month, or $990 a year, for 30 posts, 40 Topics and 150 images. Above entry LotsBlog charges $79 for three blogs and $199 for ten, while Blogged Growth is $169 and Ultra Growth $229 per Project. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system, and serves it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path through a reverse proxy. LotsBlog does not publish into WordPress either. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, both of these products are the wrong shape. ### Do both products let me use my own domain? Yes, and it is worth saying plainly because it removes the usual difference between these two. LotsBlog publishes to a LotsBlog subdomain or your own domain, including a path such as yourcompany.com/blog, with SSL handled. Blogged offers a hosted subdomain, a custom blog subdomain, or your existing path through a reverse proxy. Both leave the rankings on your domain. ### Does Blogged refresh old posts the way LotsBlog does? Not automatically, and this is a real gap. You can edit a published post by hand at any time, and Blogged meters AI regeneration at 1 to 3 per post depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. Nothing queues a refresh on its own. LotsBlog treats refreshing live posts as a standing step in its loop, fed by post performance data. If keeping an old archive current is the main job, that favors LotsBlog. ### Why is Blogged three times the price of LotsBlog Starter? Blogged is $99 a month per Project against $29, and the difference is not volume. It buys the Knowledge Engine, approved real product screenshots with your logo composited after generation, weekly Competitor Watch, and conversion reporting from a CTA view through to a lead or a subscriber. If none of those decide anything for you, the cheaper product is the right call. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with LotsBlog's? Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. LotsBlog publishes a 7 day trial on every paid plan, described as no commitment and cancel anytime, though it does not state whether a card is taken at signup. More than twice the evaluation window is a genuine advantage for LotsBlog, and a short trial is the fairest criticism of how Blogged sells. ## Blogged vs auto-post.io URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-auto-post Competitor: auto-post.io (https://auto-post.io) Category: Low cost AI article generation and scheduled publishing into a CMS you already run, sold by the credit Their positioning: auto-post.io sells volume at the lowest price in the category. You create a campaign, give it topics or keywords, pick one of 69 text and image models, set a cadence, and it writes SEO structured articles with meta tags, automatic internal links and a generated or stock image, then publishes them to a connected site on a calendar. Every tier carries the same features and differs only in credits. Unlimited campaigns and unlimited connected websites are included on all of them, including the free one. It is built by a small French team and states that it takes no margin on AI cost. Their pricing: €9.99 a month for 10,000 credits, which the vendor puts at about 40 posts. Above it, €19.99 buys 20,500 credits and about 80 posts, and €49.99 buys 55,000 credits and about 200 posts. A permanently free tier gives 1,000 credits, about 4 posts, with no card. Prices are in euros, billed monthly, and no annual plan is published. Extra credits are sold at €1.00 to €1.50 per 1,000 depending on tier. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress through an official plugin or the API, Webflow CMS collections, the Wix blog, or Payload CMS for headless setups. auto-post.io does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and auto-post.io? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. auto-post.io is a low cost AI publishing tool that generates articles from a credit balance and pushes them into WordPress, Wix, Webflow, or Payload CMS. The sharpest difference is scope: auto-post.io buys output, Blogged buys the program around it. auto-post.io starts at €9.99 a month; Blogged starts at $99 per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. auto-post.io: A low cost publishing tool that turns a topic and a credit balance into scheduled articles inside a site you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. auto-post.io: A push into one of four destinations: WordPress, Webflow, Wix or Payload CMS. There is no hosted option. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. auto-post.io: €9.99 a month, in euros, billed monthly. A free tier sits below it and €49.99 is the top published plan. No annual pricing is published. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. auto-post.io: Credits, not posts. 10,000 credits is about 40 articles, 20,500 is about 80, 55,000 is about 200. A longer article or a costlier model draws down more. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. auto-post.io: A free plan rather than a trial: 1,000 credits and about 4 posts a month, every feature included, no card. No separate trial on the paid tiers is published. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. auto-post.io: Solo builders, side projects and small agencies who need publishing volume at the lowest possible monthly cost, on sites they already have. ### Choose Blogged if - The blog has to earn something you can name. Insights reports CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. auto-post.io does not own the destination, so nothing at €9.99 can report that. - The articles have to be right about your own product, not just about the topic. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, rather than leaving it to whether somebody remembered to look. - You do not want to run a CMS at all. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, with navigation, on site reader search, related reading, newsletter signup and product CTAs already on it. - The images need to show the actual product. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved one exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose auto-post.io if - Your whole content budget is under twenty euros a month. This is the honest one. €9.99 for about 40 posts, or €19.99 for about 80, is roughly a tenth of what Blogged costs, and no framing changes that. For a side project, a validation experiment, or a blog that has not yet earned a line in the budget, it is the right call. - You want to see real output before you spend anything. The free tier is a permanent plan, not a countdown: every feature, about four posts a month, no card. You can run it for a month and decide with evidence. - Your blog already lives in WordPress, Wix, Webflow or Payload and it is not moving. auto-post.io publishes into all four. Blogged publishes into none of them, and for a site you are keeping, that is the end of the conversation. - You publish outside English. auto-post.io generates in 29 languages and runs its interface in three. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability at all. - You run many small sites, or client sites, on one bill. Unlimited connected websites and unlimited campaigns are included on every tier including the free one, and agencies can keep the tool invisible to the client. Blogged prices per Project and caps a workspace at twenty. ### What auto-post.io does better than Blogged - Price, by close to an order of magnitude. €9.99 a month buys about 40 posts and €19.99 buys about 80, against $99 for 30 on Blogged Starter. Nothing on this page closes that gap, and a buyer who needs volume per euro should take it. - A free plan that does not expire. 1,000 credits, about 4 posts a month, every feature included, no card required. Blogged's trial is 3 days and takes a card at checkout, which is a much shorter look at a much larger commitment. - It publishes into a CMS you already run. WordPress through an official plugin, Webflow CMS collections, the Wix blog and Payload CMS for headless stacks, plus API access for anything else. Blogged publishes into none of them. - It writes in 29 languages and ships its own interface in English, French and Spanish. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability, so a team publishing outside English has no route to it. - You choose the model, and you can see what it costs. 69 text and image models are offered across several providers, each with its credit price shown, and the vendor states it takes no margin on AI cost. Blogged does not expose model choice or per article cost. - Unlimited connected websites and unlimited campaigns on every tier, an agency posture that keeps the tool out of the client's view, and a mobile app on Google Play and the Microsoft Store. Blogged is priced per Project, capped at twenty per workspace, and has no mobile app. ### Strategy and research - Automated topic supply you can approve Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. auto-post.io: Partial. You give a campaign topics and keywords and review drafts before they publish. The vendor's product pages do not describe scoring on suggested topics, and the only mentions of traffic or difficulty scores sit on templated keyword landing pages rather than in the product material. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. auto-post.io: No. A campaign carries topics, keywords, a cadence and a model choice. There is no stored, verified fact base about your product that later articles are checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. auto-post.io: Not published. A campaign carries topics, keywords, a cadence and a model choice. The vendor does not describe a competitor monitoring feature, and no named topic discovery tool appears on its product pages. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. auto-post.io: No. A campaign sets topics, keywords, tone, language, model and cadence. Those are generation settings rather than a rule set that a finished article is checked against. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. auto-post.io: Partial. The vendor's marketing demo shows a generated article with an optimized title, a meta description, H1 to H3 structure, a keyword density figure and image alt text. No per article readiness score or blocker list is published. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. auto-post.io: Yes. Automatic internal linking is listed on every tier including the free one, and the vendor states links are rebuilt as the content library grows. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. auto-post.io: Not published. Citations are mentioned on the vendor's templated keyword landing pages. The pricing page, integrations page and documentation do not list citations as a feature, so the behavior is not something a buyer can confirm before subscribing. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. auto-post.io: No. Images are either generated by one of the image models or picked from the Pexels stock library at ten credits. There is no capture or approval path for your own product screenshots. - Choice of the underlying AI model Blogged: No. Blogged does not expose model selection or per article generation cost. The plan price is what you pay and the model is the platform's decision. auto-post.io: Yes. 69 text and image models across OpenAI, Google, Anthropic, Mistral, Meta and others, chosen per campaign, each with its credit price shown. The vendor states it adds no margin to AI cost. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. auto-post.io: Yes. 29 content generation languages on every tier including the free one, with the app interface itself available in English, French and Spanish. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. auto-post.io: Yes. In a CMS you already run. WordPress, Webflow, Wix and Payload CMS are the four destinations listed on the integrations page, with API access offered for anything else. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Wix Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. auto-post.io: Yes. An official WordPress.org plugin paired with an API key, OAuth connections for Webflow and Wix, and an API connection for Payload CMS. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. auto-post.io: No. auto-post.io writes into a site you already have. The design, templates, URL structure and hosting stay entirely your responsibility. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. auto-post.io: Yes. A campaign sets the cadence and a content calendar holds the queue. Articles can be scheduled or published immediately, across every connected site. - How many sites one subscription covers Blogged: Partial. One Project per site, priced separately, with a discount by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent, 11 to 20 take 20 percent. A workspace holds at most 20 Projects. auto-post.io: Yes. Unlimited connected websites and unlimited campaigns on every tier, including the free one. Volume is limited by the shared credit balance rather than by site count. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. auto-post.io: Not published. Two of the vendor's own sources disagree. Its app description, pricing page, integrations page and documentation list no analytics surface, while some of its keyword landing pages claim Search Console and GA4 integration and rank tracking. Confirm before buying on it. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. auto-post.io: No. auto-post.io does not own the destination site, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your CMS or your own tags already run. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. auto-post.io: No. Articles are delivered into a site auto-post.io does not own, so signup forms and CTAs belong to your CMS and whatever you have already built there. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. auto-post.io: Partial. Drafts land in a posts view with a full editor, and you can review and edit before they go live. The vendor describes that review as optional, and no check that stops a scheduled publication is documented. - A published statement of what the product will not claim Blogged: Yes. Blogged publishes its boundaries: grounding constrains reuse rather than certifying correctness, and Insights makes no person level identity or causal attribution claims. auto-post.io: Yes. auto-post.io states that nobody can guarantee how or when an answer engine surfaces content, and describes itself as a workflow layer rather than a ranking guarantee. That is more candor than most of this category offers. ### One is priced like a utility. One is priced like a program. auto-post.io sells credits at close to what the models cost, and says so: a standard article runs around 250 credits, which is roughly a quarter of a euro, and the effective rate barely improves between €9.99 and €49.99. That is a metered generation service, and it is priced honestly as one. Blogged's $99 is not a per article price at all. It buys the site, the fact base the writing is grounded in, the approval rules, the imagery pipeline and the reporting, and the post count is a cap on that rather than the thing being sold. Neither is overpriced for what it is, and the only question is which one you are buying, because at €9.99 nobody should expect the second. - Blogged: $99 a month per Project covers strategy, writing, imagery, publishing, hosting and reporting in one subscription. - Blogged: Every feature is on every tier. Starter, Growth and Ultra Growth differ by volume, not capability. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, with multi Project discounts from the second Project onward. - Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month, stated as a limit rather than an estimate. - auto-post.io: €9.99 for about 40 posts, €19.99 for about 80, €49.99 for about 200. - auto-post.io: A free tier with every feature and no card, which you can run indefinitely. - auto-post.io: The vendor states it takes no margin on AI cost, and shows each model's credit price. - auto-post.io: Extra credits are sold outright, so a busy month does not force a plan change. ### An article delivered into your CMS, or a blog you can follow to a lead auto-post.io finishes when the post appears in WordPress, Webflow, Wix or Payload. What happens next belongs to you: the design, the CTAs, the forms, the analytics. Blogged does not stop there, because it owns the destination. The blog site carries newsletter signup and product CTAs by default, and Insights reports CTA views against a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. If you already have a site with tracking and forms you trust, that ownership is redundant and you should not pay for it, and if you do not, it is most of the difference in price. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Newsletter signup and product CTAs ship with the site on every plan. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport. - Blogged: Search Console reporting, indexing coverage, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes in one place. - auto-post.io: One click publishing into WordPress, Webflow, Wix and Payload CMS, plus API access beyond them. - auto-post.io: Your existing design, URL structure, forms and analytics stay exactly where they are. - auto-post.io: Unlimited connected websites, so one subscription can feed a whole portfolio. - auto-post.io: A WordPress.org plugin rather than a bespoke integration, so setup is a familiar install. ### A topic and a model, or a fact base about your own product This is where the two products stop being comparable. auto-post.io starts from the topic you picked and the model you selected and writes a well structured article about that topic, which for a general interest blog is enough. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead: source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, each with the official source recorded, plus freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale or conflicting entries excluded from reuse. Blogged also states the limit plainly, that grounding constrains what a model reuses rather than certifying every claim. The difference only matters when the articles have to be right about your pricing, your integrations and your competitors, which is exactly when a blog stops being a side project. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: Approved product screenshots placed exactly, and your approved logo composited after generation. - auto-post.io: 69 models to choose from, so you can trade cost against quality per campaign. - auto-post.io: You give a campaign topics and keywords, and review drafts before they publish. - auto-post.io: A full editor for drafts before publication, and sync back to WordPress. The vendor does not publish how much revision history is retained. - auto-post.io: Articles are generated with meta tags, heading structure and alt text already set. The vendor does not publish a typical article length. ### Review you might do, or a check that runs whether you do or not Both products let a person read a draft first, and it would be unfair to say otherwise. auto-post.io lands drafts in a posts view with a real editor, and the vendor is straightforward that reviewing them is optional. Blogged makes the check structural: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the calendar says. The practical difference shows up in month four, when nobody is reading drafts any more. With auto-post.io the schedule keeps running, and with Blogged the system still has a stated reason to stop, and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - auto-post.io: Drafts collect in a posts view before publication, with a full editor. - auto-post.io: The vendor states that generated content is original and does not copy from existing sources. It does not describe a plagiarism check or an SEO review that runs over a finished article as a separate step. - auto-post.io: Campaigns can be paused, and articles can be published manually rather than on the calendar. - auto-post.io: The vendor is explicit that approval is optional, which is at least a clear statement of the model. ### Switching from auto-post.io to Blogged 1. Work out whether you have actually outgrown it. This is the first step and sometimes the last one. If the blog is still an experiment, if nobody is measuring it, and if the budget is real, €9.99 a month is the correct answer and Blogged is not. The signals that you have outgrown it are specific: articles are getting your own product wrong, nobody can say what the blog produced last quarter, or drafts have been publishing unread for months. 2. Bring the articles auto-post.io already published. Export from WordPress, Webflow, Wix or Payload and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Blogged hosts the blog rather than writing into your CMS, so this is a move rather than a swap. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. Map redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Build the fact base, then hand over the schedule. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there, since it is the part auto-post.io had no equivalent of. Start in assisted mode, and switch on full Autopilot once the Content Directions read the way you want them to. ### Is auto-post.io better than Blogged? It depends on what the blog is for. If it is a side project, an early experiment, or a portfolio of small sites, auto-post.io is better, because €9.99 for about 40 posts is a tenth of the cost and Blogged offers nothing that justifies the difference at that stage. If the blog is an acquisition channel that has to be accurate about your product and accountable for leads, Blogged is built for that and auto-post.io is not. ### How much does auto-post.io cost compared with Blogged? auto-post.io is €9.99 a month for 10,000 credits, which it puts at about 40 posts, then €19.99 for about 80 and €49.99 for about 200. It also has a free tier of about 4 posts with no card. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project for 30 posts, or $990 a year, with Growth at $169 and Ultra Growth at $229. auto-post.io prices in euros and publishes no annual plan. ### Why would anyone pay more when auto-post.io publishes more posts for less? They should not, unless they need what the difference buys. auto-post.io sells generation and delivery close to model cost. Blogged's $99 also buys the hosted blog site, a maintained fact base about your product, approval rules that can block a publication, approved product screenshots, and reporting from impression to lead. If none of those change a decision you are making, buy the cheaper one. ### What is the best auto-post.io alternative? That depends which direction you are moving. Staying at the same price point, Next-Blog-AI sits near the same floor. One step up, SEObot and RepublishAI push articles into a CMS with more research and optimization behind them. If you are leaving because the blog now has to be measured and governed rather than merely filled, Blogged hosts the site and reports on what it converts, from $99 a month. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. auto-post.io does publish into WordPress, Webflow, Wix and Payload CMS, so if keeping the blog inside your CMS is a requirement, that is the one to take. ### How does the auto-post.io free plan compare with the Blogged trial? They are different offers. auto-post.io's free tier is a permanent plan: 1,000 credits, about 4 posts a month, every feature, no card. Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. For evaluating slowly and on your own schedule, auto-post.io is plainly the better offer, and that is worth saying rather than working around. ### Does auto-post.io report on how the published articles perform? Its own sources disagree, so treat it as unconfirmed. The app description, pricing page, integrations page and documentation describe campaigns, a content calendar, connected sites and a drafts view, with no analytics surface. A small number of its keyword landing pages do describe Search Console and GA4 connections and daily rank tracking. Ask before you buy on it. Blogged reports Search Console metrics, indexing coverage and conversion on the blog it hosts. ### What does Blogged give up by hosting the blog itself? Portability, mostly. You do not own the platform the blog runs on, and leaving means moving content and URLs. Blogged lowers that cost by exporting posts as a Markdown download or copy and by keeping revision history with selective restore, but it is a real dependency, and auto-post.io never creates it because your content was always in your own CMS. Weigh that before choosing a hosted blog. ## Blogged vs RankGoat URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-rankgoat Competitor: RankGoat (https://rankgoat.app) Category: A members' dofollow link exchange with done for you blog posts, published into a site you already run Their positioning: RankGoat writes up to 15 blog posts a month for your site and publishes them, and places dofollow links to you inside posts published on other members' sites. Its own llms.txt describes the product as a backlink exchange first and the content second. Members are matched on niche and Domain Rating, the link graph is non reciprocal, and every placed link is verified at publish and checked again every day. An MCP server, a CLI and a JSON API let an agent run the same loop. Their pricing: $39 a month per site billed annually, or $44 billed monthly, for up to 15 posts a month, each carrying a dofollow link from a member site. RankGoat presents $39 as a limited batch price that rises to $49 once the batch fills. The extra 15 posts a month add on and the credit packs have no published price. Where their content lands: A site you already run: WordPress through its built in REST API, a signed webhook you build yourself, or manual mode where you paste the post HTML in and paste the live URL back. RankGoat does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and RankGoat? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. RankGoat is a members' backlink exchange with content attached: it writes up to 15 posts a month into a site you already run, each carrying at most one outbound placement for another member, and places dofollow links to you in members' posts. Blogged does no off site link building and starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. RankGoat: A members' link exchange that writes blog posts for both ends: posts on your site carrying a placement for another member, and posts on members' sites carrying a dofollow link to you. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. RankGoat: Into a site you already run, through the WordPress REST API, a signed webhook you build, or manual copy and paste with the live URL pasted back for verification. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. RankGoat: $39 a month per site billed annually, or $44 billed monthly, rising to $49 once the current batch fills. One person per account. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. RankGoat: Up to 15 posts a month, one credit each, drip published. More is sold as an add on whose price is not published. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. RankGoat: None published. Instead there is a 14 day money back guarantee, and a full refund if two backlinks are not delivered within 60 days. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. RankGoat: Site owners who want off site links as the main outcome and already have somewhere to publish the posts that carry them. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what it ranks for. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want your posts to carry only what you put in them. Blogged does no off site link building, so no outbound placement is added to an article as part of the plan. ### Choose RankGoat if - Off site links are the outcome you are buying. RankGoat places dofollow links to you inside articles on other members' sites, verifies each one at publish, checks them daily and reroutes a placement if it comes down. Blogged does none of this. - Your blog already lives in WordPress or a stack you built. RankGoat publishes into WordPress through its REST API with no plugin, into any site through a signed webhook, or by hand. Blogged publishes into none of them. - The budget is $39 a month per site. That is a different order of spend from Blogged, and if the site is small or early it may be the only sensible number. - You want an agent to run it. RankGoat ships an MCP server and a CLI with 34 typed tools, MIT licensed and free with a subscription, so Claude Code or Cursor can plan, generate and approve posts. - You publish outside English. RankGoat detects the site language and writes natively in Spanish, French, German and Dutch as well as English. It says localized versions are linked with hreflang, though its publishing contract records that field as empty today. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. ### What RankGoat does better than Blogged - It is far cheaper per site. $39 a month billed annually, or $44 monthly, buys up to 15 posts a month plus the link placements. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project. For a founder testing whether content works at all, that gap decides the purchase on its own. - It publishes into the site you already run. WordPress connects through the built in REST API with an application password and no plugin, any other stack connects through a signed webhook with a documented event contract, and manual mode works anywhere. Blogged publishes into none of them. - Off site links are the product, not an add on. Links to your site are placed inside full articles on other members' sites, matched on niche and Domain Rating, verified as dofollow at publish, checked again every day and rerouted if a host drops them. Blogged does no off site link building of any kind. - It is built for agents. An MCP server and CLI with 34 typed tools, zero dependencies, MIT licensed and shipped with a SKILL.md, plus a JSON API covering plans, posts, hubs, backlinks and Search Console. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not a content API an agent can drive end to end. - It measures things Blogged has no answer to. Weekly Domain Rating history against a baseline taken at join, an inbound and outbound link graph, an on page audit rollup, a sitemap audit and a daily index state sampler. Blogged has no rank tracker, no backlink index and no site wide audit crawler. - You get longer to change your mind. RankGoat gives a 14 day money back guarantee with no questions asked, and refunds in full if two backlinks are not delivered within 60 days. Blogged's trial is 3 days and takes a card at checkout, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment. ### Strategy and research - Automated topic supply and a monthly plan Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. RankGoat: Yes. A monthly calendar of briefs, planned by AI or written by hand, drawn from content hubs you define and weighted by the priority you set. Briefs can be edited, rescheduled, skipped or archived. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. RankGoat: Partial. A stored list of product features, added by you or inferred from your site, documented as grounding generation so posts do not claim capabilities the product lacks. No official source URLs, freshness checks or conflict handling are described. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. RankGoat: Not published. RankGoat asks for your website at signup and derives the niche, keywords, tone and product angles from there, and stores product features it says are AI sourced. No public page or API endpoint describes ongoing monitoring of competitors with signals you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. RankGoat: Partial. Content hubs set the topical territory the planner draws briefs from, with high, medium or low priority and up to eight keywords each. That is a scope for topic selection rather than a rule set generation is checked against. - Site wide technical auditing of your own domain Blogged: No. Blogged is a blog platform, not an SEO suite. There is no site wide crawler, no technical audit of pages it did not publish, and no keyword difficulty database of its own. RankGoat: Yes. A cached on page audit rollup counting scanned pages and issues, a sitemap audit that walks nested indexes for broken and redirecting URLs, and alerts when an indexing or technical problem is found. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. RankGoat: Not published. Posts move through draft, ready to publish, published and verified, and carry a word count. No public page describes a per article score or a blocker list you have to clear first. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. RankGoat: Yes. Each published post ships a list of your other posts to render as related reading, same topic cluster first, and a post still not indexed after 30 days gets an internal link boost before anything else is tried. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. RankGoat: Not published. The documented publish payload carries the title, body HTML, meta description, JSON-LD, tags, images and links, with no sources field. No public page states whether claims are cited. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. RankGoat: Partial. Posts carry images. The publish contract delivers webp, png or jpeg files to your site and names a hero image for the featured slot. No public page states where the images come from or whether your own screenshots can be used. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. RankGoat: Yes. RankGoat detects the site language at setup and writes natively in Spanish, French, German and Dutch as well as English, localizing each post into the languages you pick. It says localized versions are linked with hreflang, though its publishing contract records the alternates field as empty today. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. RankGoat: Yes. On a site you already run. The live URL has to sit on the domain you registered, or a subdomain of it, because that is the site earning the links. - Pushes posts into WordPress Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. RankGoat: Yes. Through the REST API built into WordPress, authorized with an application password you can revoke. Images land in the Media Library, the hero becomes the featured image, and edits update the same post matched on slug. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. RankGoat: No. RankGoat delivers article HTML into a site you already own, so the design, templates and URL structure stay yours to build and maintain. Manual mode is literally copying the post HTML into your own editor. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. RankGoat: Yes. Briefs carry a scheduled date on a monthly calendar and posts are drip published rather than delivered in a batch. You can reschedule, skip or archive any brief before it is written. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. RankGoat: Yes. From 30 days after publication RankGoat evaluates each post's index coverage. A post that is still not indexed gets an internal link boost, then a content refresh proposal that waits in a queue for your review. ### Measurement, links and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. RankGoat: Yes. A connected property returns cached clicks, impressions and top queries with positions, plus indexed page counts. RankGoat states the access is read only and used to pick keywords and measure posts. - Domain Rating and backlink tracking Blogged: No. Blogged has no rank tracker, no backlink index and no authority score of its own. Measurement covers the blog it hosts, not your position in a third party index. RankGoat: Yes. Domain Rating now, the baseline recorded when the site joined, and a weekly history, alongside an inbound and outbound link graph with source domain, source DR, anchor text and last checked date. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. RankGoat: No. RankGoat does not own the destination site, so what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your own site already runs. Its reporting covers search, indexing, authority and links. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. RankGoat: No. Posts are delivered into a site RankGoat does not own, so signup forms, CTAs and the pages they point at belong to whatever you already built. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. RankGoat: Partial. Drafts land in a review queue and approval is a separate step, in the app and in the API alike. Review is a setting rather than a rule: auto approve and auto publish can both be switched on once WordPress or a webhook is connected, and you can skip or archive a brief before it is written. The control is human review rather than a check that stops a publication on its own. - Off site link building Blogged: No. Blogged does no off site link work. There is no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. It covers the blog it hosts and what happens on it. RankGoat: Yes. It is the core of the product. Members are matched on niche and Domain Rating, each post carries at most one outbound member link, placements alternate between dofollow links and plain text brand mentions, and any target receives at most one of each kind a month. ### Links between members' sites, or the blog you own This is the decision the whole page turns on. RankGoat's subscription runs in two directions: articles it writes and publishes on other members' sites carry a dofollow link to you, and the articles it writes and publishes on your site each carry at most one outbound placement for another member. RankGoat documents a points balance behind that, where hosting a placement earns and receiving one spends, and asks you to keep the placed link exactly as written, because changing, removing or nofollowing it pauses your own incoming placements. Blogged's $99 buys none of that: it does no off site link building, and nothing is added to your articles on anyone else's behalf. Whether an exchange belongs in your marketing is your call, and this page does not make it for you. - Blogged: No exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. - Blogged: Your posts carry your internal links, your sources and your CTAs, and nothing placed on another party's behalf. - Blogged: The spend goes to the destination: the site, the CTAs on it, and reporting that follows a reader to a lead. - Blogged: Blogged publishes what it will not do, so the boundary is checkable rather than implied. - RankGoat: Members are matched on niche and Domain Rating, mixing high to low, low to high and like for like. - RankGoat: Non reciprocal by design: the site linking to you is never the site you link to. - RankGoat: One outbound member link per post, at most one placement of each kind per target per month, with roughly 70 percent pointing at deep articles. - RankGoat: Every site is reviewed by a human before it joins, and RankGoat states plainly that no service can guarantee how a search engine will treat any link. ### RankGoat publishes into your site. Blogged is the destination. RankGoat has to publish into a site you already run, and its link verification depends on that: the live URL must sit on the domain you registered, because that is the site earning the links. It connects to WordPress through the built in REST API, to anything else through a signed webhook with a documented event contract, or to nothing at all in manual mode, where you paste the HTML in yourself and paste the live URL back. Blogged assumes the opposite. It builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. That one decision is why Blogged can report on what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is also why Blogged is the wrong tool if your blog is staying in WordPress. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - RankGoat: WordPress connects with an application password and no plugin to install. - RankGoat: A signed webhook with HMAC verification, retries and a versioned event contract covers any other stack. - RankGoat: Manual mode works on a static site, a site builder, or anything else that accepts HTML. - RankGoat: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. ### Review before publishing, or a system that can refuse Both products put a person in front of the article, and it would be unfair to say otherwise. RankGoat does it with a review queue: drafts wait, approval is a separate explicit action in the app and in the API alike, though it is a setting rather than a rule and a member who connects WordPress or a webhook can turn auto approve on and go hands off, a brief can be edited, rescheduled or skipped before a word is written, and its agent documentation tells an agent to show you the draft before approving. Blogged does it with rules instead: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may write and publish only inside them, and a publication hold stops a post whatever the schedule says. The difference is who carries responsibility for catching the bad post. With RankGoat it is you, reading drafts, and with Blogged the system has a stated reason to stop and stops on its own. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - RankGoat: Drafts land in a review queue and approving one is a deliberate separate step, unless auto approve is switched on. - RankGoat: Briefs can be edited, rescheduled, skipped or archived before generation spends a credit. - RankGoat: Generating a post and approving one are the two calls the agent tooling marks as consequential. - RankGoat: Archiving a live post sends a delete event to your site, so a retraction reaches the destination. ### Authority and links, or what the blog earned RankGoat measures the things a link program needs to prove itself. Domain Rating with a baseline taken the day the site joined and a weekly history since, an inbound and outbound link graph with anchors and verification dates, an on page audit rollup, a sitemap audit and a daily sampler that records whether Google has actually indexed each post. Blogged measures none of those and says so: no rank tracker, no backlink index, no site wide crawler. What Blogged measures instead is the far end of the funnel on the site it owns, where a CTA view counts only once at least 25 percent of the surface has entered the viewport, and the report continues into lead conversion and subscriber outcomes. Neither set is a superset of the other, and which one you need depends on what you have to show at the end of the quarter. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns in one report. - Blogged: Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and indexing coverage. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - RankGoat: Weekly Domain Rating history against the baseline recorded when the site joined. - RankGoat: An inbound and outbound link graph with source domain, source DR, anchor and last checked date. - RankGoat: A daily index state sampler that marks each post indexed, discovered or not submitted. - RankGoat: On page audit and sitemap audit rollups over the site you connected. ### Switching from RankGoat to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in, each with the official source recorded. If you kept a product feature list in RankGoat, it is a good starting inventory for that step. 2. Bring the posts across, and decide about the links in them. Export from your site and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite, and unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota. Decide deliberately whether the outbound member links in those old articles come across with them, because Blogged neither adds nor manages any. RankGoat's terms state posts already published are yours and that cancelling does not remove links already pointing at you. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If RankGoat was publishing into WordPress at an existing path, map the redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, add your competitors to Competitor Watch, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is RankGoat better than Blogged? It depends on whether off site links are the point. If what you are buying is dofollow links from other sites, RankGoat does that and Blogged does not, at any price. If what you need is a blog that plans, writes, hosts, governs and measures itself, and you would rather your articles carried nothing placed on another party's behalf, Blogged is the better fit. ### What is the best RankGoat alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. For links bundled with content, Outrank includes an exchange in its base plan and SeoVision pairs auto publishing with link building. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting. ### How much does RankGoat cost compared with Blogged? RankGoat is $39 a month per site billed annually, or $44 billed monthly, and states the rate rises to $49 once the current batch fills. That buys up to 15 posts a month plus link placements, for one person on one domain. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, for 30 posts, 40 Topics, the hosted blog site and unlimited team seats. ### Do my own articles have to link out to other sites with RankGoat? That is how the exchange works in both directions. RankGoat states each post it publishes on your site carries at most one outbound member link, that placed links must stay live and dofollow, and that changing, removing or nofollowing one pauses your own incoming placements and reverses the points earned for it. You approve or skip each post first, and posts are yours to edit once published. ### Does Blogged build backlinks the way RankGoat does? No. Blogged does no off site link building: no exchange, no directory submissions, no backlink index and no rank tracker. It covers strategy, writing, optimization, internal linking, imagery, publishing and measurement on the blog it hosts. If off site links are part of your plan, that is a reason to keep RankGoat or to source links elsewhere. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, RankGoat does that and Blogged does not. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with RankGoat's guarantee? They are different instruments. Blogged gives 3 days and takes a card at checkout. RankGoat publishes no free trial at all: you pay first, then have 14 days to ask for a full refund with no questions, plus a refund if two backlinks are not delivered inside 60 days. A longer window to change your mind is a genuine advantage worth saying plainly. ### What is the catch with letting Blogged host the blog? You do not own the platform the blog runs on, and leaving means moving content and URLs. Blogged lowers that cost by exporting posts as a Markdown download or copy and by keeping revision history with selective restore, but it is still a real dependency. It is the main thing to weigh before choosing a hosted blog over a CMS you control. ## Blogged vs Next-Blog-AI URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-next-blog-ai Competitor: Next-Blog-AI (https://next-blog-ai.com) Category: GEO first AI blog content, delivered through an npm package into your own Next.js app or pushed into a CMS you already run Their positioning: Next-Blog-AI sells content built to be cited in AI chat answers rather than ranked in a search results page, and says so directly: it is not a rank tracker and not a traffic dashboard. A setup wizard analyzes your site, generates keywords and fills a content calendar. Posts ship with summaries, FAQ sections, structured data and outbound citations, carry a per post GEO score, and can be cross posted to LinkedIn, X and Instagram. Delivery is a typed npm client for your own Next.js app, or a connector into Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow or Wix. Their pricing: $24 a month for Pro, or $19 a month billed annually, which buys 20 posts a month alongside up to 5 websites. A free tier gives 3 posts a month on one site. Business is $99 a month, or $69 annually, for 80 posts across up to 20 sites. Where their content lands: Your own front end, through the next-blog-ai npm package, as HTML you style or JSON you render. Connectors also push into Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow and Wix. Next-Blog-AI does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and Next-Blog-AI? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. Next-Blog-AI is a generative engine optimization tool that writes citation shaped posts and delivers them through an npm package into your own Next.js app, or into Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow or Wix. The sharpest difference is who builds and runs the blog. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. Next-Blog-AI Pro is $24. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. Next-Blog-AI: A GEO first content engine that writes citation shaped posts and delivers them to a front end you build or a CMS you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. Next-Blog-AI: A typed npm client that renders posts inside your own Next.js app as HTML or JSON, plus connectors into Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow and Wix. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. Next-Blog-AI: $24 a month for Pro, or $19 a month billed annually. A free tier covers one site. Business is $99 a month, or $69 annually. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229, each figure for one Project. Next-Blog-AI: 3 posts a month free on one site, 20 on Pro and 80 on Business. Whether the allowance is pooled across the sites on a plan is not published. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. Next-Blog-AI: 7 days on Pro and Business, alongside a free tier that does not expire. The homepage prints No credit card under its Start Free Trial button, though it does not say plan by plan whether a paid trial takes one. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS or a front end. Next-Blog-AI: Next.js teams and indie builders who want cheap, citation shaped posts rendered by their own components, or pushed into a CMS they keep. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to build or maintain a blog front end. Blogged ships maintained themes, brand identity, typography, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls, and serves them from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only how it is structured. Insights reports Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, position and indexing coverage, plus CTA views, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may publish only inside them, and a publication hold blocks publication whatever the schedule says. - You want your real product in the article. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the image model draw it. ### Choose Next-Blog-AI if - Budget decides it. Pro is $24 a month, or $19 annually, and covers up to 5 websites on one bill. Blogged is $99 a month per Project. There is also a free tier, so you can publish something before you pay anything. - You run a Next.js app and want the blog inside it. The npm client renders posts at your own route, through your own components, with Next.js cache control, and the CLI scaffolds the pages for you. Blogged has no package and no component level render path. - Your blog already lives in Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow or Wix and it is not moving. Next-Blog-AI pushes into all five. Blogged pushes into none of them. - You want the post to leave the blog. Every article can be repurposed for LinkedIn, X and Instagram in platform native formats. Blogged does no social distribution at all. - You publish across several small sites at once. One Next-Blog-AI subscription covers up to 5 websites on Pro and up to 20 on Business. Blogged prices per Project. Whether Next-Blog-AI writes in languages other than English is not published either way. ### What Next-Blog-AI does better than Blogged - It costs about a quarter of Blogged at entry, and it starts at nothing. Pro is $24 a month, or $19 billed annually, for 20 posts across up to 5 sites, which works out at $1.20 a post against $3.30 on Blogged Starter. The free tier publishes 3 posts a month on one site with no expiry. For a solo founder testing whether a blog is worth running at all, that gap is the whole decision. - You get longer to look. Next-Blog-AI gives 7 days on the paid plans, longer than the 3 days Blogged gives, and the free tier lets you keep evaluating indefinitely. Blogged takes a card at checkout, which is a shorter look at a larger commitment. - The Next.js integration is real rather than a name. Two packages are published on npm: a typed client with Next.js as a peer dependency, and a CLI that scaffolds the blog list page, the post page, a layout, the sitemap route and the API client file. The package separately exports a createCommentHandler for the comment form route. Content comes back as HTML you style with documented CSS class hooks, or as JSON you render with your own components, with ISR and cache control exposed per request. Blogged offers nothing equivalent. - It publishes into the stack you already run. Shopify is documented in detail, using the official OAuth flow with read and write content scopes only, pushing the title, HTML body, SEO metadata, hero image, author name and tags, and syncing later edits back to the same article. WordPress, Notion, Webflow and Wix are listed alongside it. Blogged publishes into none of them. - Distribution goes past the blog. Each post can be turned into a LinkedIn post with the link in the first comment, a reply chained thread on X, and an Instagram carousel, with a preview and edit step before anything is posted. They also state which networks they deliberately leave out, and why. Blogged has no social distribution. - It tries to measure the thing GEO is actually about. The analytics view surfaces LucidRank AI visibility audits, which probe how assistants describe a brand, next to the per post GEO scores. Blogged runs a GEO checklist on each post but publishes no AI visibility tracker of any kind. One caveat worth checking before you buy on this: LucidRank is a separate product with its own subscription and is not named in any Next-Blog-AI plan feature list. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. The setup wizard analyzes your site, generates keywords, merges in keywords pulled from competitor URLs, and fills a content calendar. You can add or remove keywords, pick topics yourself, or let it choose. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. The Brand Kit stores voice, example titles, formats, industry and audience, and the wizard summarizes your product from a one time site analysis. No public page describes stored verified facts with freshness or conflict handling that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. The setup wizard analyzes your site and fills a content calendar. How many competitor URLs it accepts, and whether competitor analysis is a setup step or an ongoing feed, is not published. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. Tone, audience and content guidelines are configured once and applied to every post, and the calendar can be reordered before anything is written. These are generation settings rather than a rule set each draft is checked against. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. No public page states which languages Next-Blog-AI can write in, or whether a project language can be set. Their own published posts all carry inLanguage en. ### Writing and answer engine optimization - A per post score you can act on before publishing Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist alongside the SEO and taxonomy panel. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Every post carries a GEO score in the content calendar, described as how citable and structurally clear the piece is. Boost actions regenerate the opening, expand the FAQ or tighten structure against that score. - Structured blocks and markup an answer engine can quote Blogged: Partial. The editor runs a GEO checklist as its own pass, next to the content score, the sources and citations panel and the internal links panel. The checklist is the published mechanic. Blogged does not itemize the markup a published page emits. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Posts ship with a key takeaways block, an FAQ section, semantic headings, automatic internal links and structured data. Their own published articles carry Article and FAQPage graphs with typed citation entries, which is checkable from any post on their blog. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Research runs before writing and posts carry an outbound sources block plus citation entries in the structured data. They qualify it themselves: citations appear where the research provides them. - Writing grounded in verified facts about your own product Blogged: Yes. Grounded generation reuses only knowledge that is current and unconflicted, and Blogged states the limit plainly: grounding constrains the context a model reuses, it does not guarantee every generated claim is correct. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. Content is written against the Brand Kit and the product summary captured at setup. No mechanism is published for checking a generated claim about your product against a maintained record of what is true today. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. Each post gets an AI generated featured image matched to the article angle, plus platform specific visuals for social, and they state they do not use stock photography. Nothing describes placing a real screenshot of your product or controlling your logo exactly. ### Publishing and where it lands - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Inside your own application, fetched by the npm client and rendered by your components, or pushed into Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow or Wix. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. Next-Blog-AI: No. By design, presentation is yours. Content arrives as HTML you style with your own CSS or as JSON you render yourself. The CLI scaffolds working Next.js pages, but the design and its upkeep sit in your repository. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Webflow Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Shopify is documented end to end over official OAuth, with edits syncing back to the same article. WordPress, Notion, Webflow and Wix are offered from the same Integrations page, though only Shopify has its own setup guide. - A package or API you can build against Blogged: Partial. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through Search Console. There is no content client and no API you can drive the blog with end to end. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. A typed client returns post lists, single posts, SEO metadata and all slugs, with Next.js revalidate and dynamic options per call, plus a comment route handler and exported default style constants to extend. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Posting frequency is configured per project and the content calendar shows scheduled posts with status tracked from draft to published. - Distribution beyond the blog itself Blogged: No. Blogged publishes to the blog it hosts and captures leads and subscribers there. It does not post to social networks. Next-Blog-AI: Yes. Posts can be repurposed for LinkedIn, X and Instagram with per network formats, previewed and edited or left on autopilot. Not included on the free tier. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. Next-Blog-AI: No. Next-Blog-AI states plainly that it is not building rank tracking or traffic dashboards, and no Search Console connection appears anywhere in its public material. That is a positioning choice they make openly. - Measuring whether AI assistants mention your brand Blogged: No. Blogged optimizes for answer engines with a GEO checklist and grounded, source bound writing, but it publishes no tracker for whether an assistant cites or mentions you. If that number is the point, Blogged does not produce it. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. The analytics view surfaces LucidRank AI visibility audits next to per post GEO scores. LucidRank is a separate product with its own subscription and appears in no Next-Blog-AI plan feature list, so what a given plan includes is not published. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. Next-Blog-AI: No. Next-Blog-AI does not own the page a reader lands on, so what an article converts is measured by whatever analytics your own site or CMS already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. Next-Blog-AI: No. A moderated comment system ships on the paid plans and a comment route handler is documented. No newsletter, signup form or lead capture is described, because the page belongs to you. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. Next-Blog-AI: Partial. Every generated post can be reviewed, edited or rejected before it goes live, and full autopilot is opt in. No condition is published under which the system stops a publication on its own. ### 20 posts for $24, or 30 posts and the site they live on for $99 Concede the price outright, because it is not close. Pro is $24 a month, $19 if you pay annually, and covers 20 posts spread across up to 5 websites, which is $1.20 a post against $3.30 on Blogged Starter. There is also a free tier at 3 posts a month on one site, so the entry cost can be zero. What the extra buys on Blogged is not more words: it is the site the words live on, the visuals of your actual product, weekly competitor monitoring, Search Console and conversion reporting, and a publishing path that can be told to stop. If you want articles and you already have somewhere to put them, Next-Blog-AI is the cheaper answer and pretending otherwise would waste your time. - Blogged: $99 a month per Project buys 30 posts, 40 Topics and 150 images, all against one site. - Blogged: Growth is $169 for 60 posts and Ultra Growth is $229 for 90, with the same capabilities on every tier. - Blogged: Running several products means several Projects, discounted by position: 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10, 20 percent on 11 to 20. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, so price does not scale with the number of people reviewing. - Next-Blog-AI: Free forever on one site at 3 posts a month, which is enough to see the output before spending anything. - Next-Blog-AI: Pro at $24 a month, or $19 annually, covering up to 5 websites on a single subscription. - Next-Blog-AI: Business at $99 a month, or $69 annually, for 80 posts across up to 20 sites, with white labeling. - Next-Blog-AI: Pro lists its posts a month alongside up to 5 websites. Whether that allowance is pooled across the sites or granted per site is not published, so confirm it before planning around a per site number. ### Shaping the page, or grounding the claims on it Both products do real work here, and the useful comparison is what each one actually does rather than who says GEO more often. Next-Blog-AI works on the shape of the page: key takeaways blocks, FAQ sections, semantic headings, automatic internal links, outbound citations and structured data, all scored per post and improvable with targeted regeneration. Blogged works on what the page says: the Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse, and the editor runs a GEO checklist and a sources panel over the result. The split is direction, not quality. If a model is going to quote you, the passage has to be extractable and it has to be true, and these two products invest at opposite ends of that sentence. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded against it. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from normal reuse. - Blogged: A GEO checklist in the editor as its own pass, alongside the content score, sources and citations, and internal links. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains what a model reuses, it does not certify that a generated claim is correct. - Next-Blog-AI: Summaries, FAQ sections, semantic structure and outbound citations on every post, visible on their own published articles. - Next-Blog-AI: A GEO score per post in the calendar, plus actions that regenerate an opening, expand the FAQ or tighten structure. - Next-Blog-AI: LucidRank AI visibility audits in the analytics view, probing how assistants describe a brand. - Next-Blog-AI: A published off site checklist stating what blog posts alone cannot do, including that their scores measure article structure and not mention volume. ### An npm package in your repository, or a blog site that already exists The name is not decoration. Next-Blog-AI publishes a typed client on npm with Next.js as a peer dependency and a CLI that scaffolds the list page, the post page, a layout, the sitemap route and the API client file, and the quickstart assumes a Next.js App Router project and a terminal. Content arrives as HTML you style through documented class hooks, or as JSON you render with your own components, with revalidate and dynamic settings exposed per request. Blogged goes the other way: there is no package, because the blog already exists, themed and maintained, with navigation, reader search, related reading, CTAs and consent controls, served from a subdomain or under your existing path by reverse proxy. The decision is whether you want the blog inside your codebase or outside it, and whether anyone on your team wants to own its front end when a framework release lands. - Blogged: Nothing to install, deploy or keep compatible. The blog site and its theme are maintained for you. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: On site reader search, related reading, featured stories and consent controls ship with the site rather than being built. - Next-Blog-AI: A typed client returning post lists, single posts, SEO metadata and slugs, with Next.js cache control per call. - Next-Blog-AI: A CLI that scaffolds the blog pages, sitemap and comment route into an existing App Router project. - Next-Blog-AI: HTML output with documented CSS class hooks, or JSON output you render with your own components. - Next-Blog-AI: The blog lives at your own route, on your own deployment, using your own design system and analytics. ### Approve each post, or run a system with a documented reason to stop Both products let a person look at a draft before it appears, and Next-Blog-AI is clear that nothing publishes without approval unless you switch on full autopilot. Blogged puts the decision one level up: Content Directions are approved in advance, full Autopilot may only write and publish inside them, the review queue is governed rather than advisory, and a publication hold blocks a post whatever the schedule says. The difference shows up after publication too. Blogged connects Search Console and reports clicks, impressions, position and indexing coverage next to CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site it hosts. Next-Blog-AI says openly that it is not building a traffic dashboard, so the post publishing picture is its GEO scores plus whatever analytics your own stack already runs. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication outright, and competitor signals never become Topics without human review. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - Next-Blog-AI: Every generated post can be reviewed, edited or rejected in the dashboard before it goes live. - Next-Blog-AI: Full autopilot is opt in rather than the default, and the calendar tracks status from draft to published. - Next-Blog-AI: Content refinements are metered per plan, at 30 a month on Pro and 80 on Business. - Next-Blog-AI: A moderated comment system on the paid plans, with comments approved from the same dashboard. ### Switching from Next-Blog-AI to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a repository. There is no package to install and no API key to wire into an app, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integration code. 2. Bring the posts Next-Blog-AI already published. Pull the existing articles from your app or your CMS and import them as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination, then plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If Next-Blog-AI was rendering posts at your own /blog route, that route is yours to redirect or to proxy, so map the old URLs before you move traffic and keep Search Console on the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, approve the site visuals you want placed in articles, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is Next-Blog-AI better than Blogged? It depends on who owns the front end. If you run a Next.js app and want the blog rendered by your own components at your own route, or your posts have to land in Shopify or WordPress, Next-Blog-AI is built for that and Blogged is not. If you want the blog site itself run, governed and measured without anyone on your team maintaining it, Blogged fits better and costs more for that reason. ### What is the best Next-Blog-AI alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. For citation shaped articles pushed into a CMS you already run, SEObot and Outrank cover similar ground with wider integration lists. For AI visibility measurement specifically, SeoVision tracks prompts directly. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding one, Blogged hosts the site, grounds the writing in verified product facts, and reports what the blog converts. ### How much does Next-Blog-AI cost compared with Blogged? Next-Blog-AI Pro is $24 a month, or $19 billed annually, for 20 posts a month alongside up to 5 sites, with a free tier at 3 posts on one site and Business at $99. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, for 30 posts and 40 Topics. Per post that is $1.20 against $3.30, and Blogged is the more expensive product by a wide margin. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Next-Blog-AI does push into WordPress, along with Shopify, Notion, Webflow and Wix, so if keeping the blog in WordPress is a requirement, that settles it. ### Is Next-Blog-AI only useful if you run a Next.js site? No, but Next.js is clearly the first class path. Two npm packages, the scaffolding CLI and the quickstart all target Next.js App Router, and the vendor says the underlying client is generic while the full experience is optimized for Next.js. Teams on Shopify, WordPress, Notion, Webflow or Wix use the connectors instead and never touch the package. Anyone else is fetching from a client and rendering it themselves. ### Does Blogged do generative engine optimization the way Next-Blog-AI does? Partly, and from the other direction. Blogged runs a GEO checklist on each post in the editor, keeps a sources and citations panel, and grounds writing in the Knowledge Engine so claims trace to recorded official sources with freshness and conflict controls. What Blogged does not do is measure whether an assistant actually mentions you. Next-Blog-AI surfaces AI visibility audits for that, and if that number is your goal, Blogged will not produce it. ### Why is Blogged $99 when Next-Blog-AI starts at $24? Because they are not selling the same thing. The $24 buys 20 posts a month and delivery into somewhere you already run. Blogged's $99 buys 30 posts plus the hosted blog site, approved screenshots of your real product placed in articles, weekly competitor monitoring, Search Console and conversion reporting, and governance that can block a publication. If you do not need those, you are paying for them anyway, and the cheaper tool is the right call. ### Does Blogged post to LinkedIn or X the way Next-Blog-AI does? No. Blogged has no social distribution: it writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to the blog site it hosts, and captures leads and subscribers there. Next-Blog-AI repurposes each post for LinkedIn, X and Instagram in platform native formats on its paid plans. If one subscription covering blog and social matters to you, that is a real gap on the Blogged side. ## Blogged vs RepublishAI URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-republishai Competitor: RepublishAI (https://republishai.com) Category: WordPress autoblogging plugin that writes, illustrates, links and publishes posts Their positioning: RepublishAI sells a content team as a WordPress plugin. Five named agents divide the work: Atlas researches the top ranking pages for a keyword and writes a long article, Pulse produces shorter pieces from a library of proven formats, Vision generates the images, Nexus adds internal links from your sitemap, and Nova rewrites posts that are already live. Autopilot chains them into a calendar and publishes to WordPress daily, weekly or on the days you pick, either straight to live or as drafts. Everything is driven from RepublishAI's own editor, so you never have to open WordPress, but you do have to have WordPress. Their pricing: Free to start, with no card: the editor, article outlines and one WordPress site. Starter is $49 a month for up to 14 articles you publish yourself across three sites. Autopilot is $99 a month, shown as a limited time offer against a $199 list price, for 30 or more articles published automatically across five sites. No annual price is published. The terms state that plan credits reset at the end of each billing cycle. Where their content lands: WordPress, and only WordPress. Articles are written in RepublishAI's editor and pushed into a connected WordPress site as a live post or a draft, with Yoast SEO title and description fields filled and Gutenberg blocks preserved. RepublishAI states on its ecommerce page that it does not directly integrate with platforms like Shopify or BigCommerce, and it does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and RepublishAI? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. RepublishAI is a WordPress plugin that researches, writes, illustrates, links, and publishes articles inside a WordPress site you already run. The sharpest difference is the requirement: RepublishAI works with WordPress and nothing else, while Blogged is the blog. RepublishAI starts free and runs $49 or $99 a month. Blogged starts at $99 per Project for 30 posts. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you, then measures what it earns. RepublishAI: A WordPress plugin and web editor driving five agents that research, write, illustrate, internally link, refresh and publish articles into your WordPress site. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. RepublishAI: Straight into WordPress as a live post or a draft, with Yoast fields filled and Gutenberg blocks left intact. WordPress is the only destination published anywhere on the site. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, with unlimited team seats on every paid plan. RepublishAI: Free for the editor and one site. $49 a month for 14 articles you publish yourself. $99 a month for the automated tier, marked as a limited time offer against $199. No annual price published. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229, with the same capabilities on all three. RepublishAI: Up to 14 articles a month on Starter and 30 or more on Autopilot, roughly one a day. The terms describe plan credits that reset each billing cycle rather than carrying over. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. RepublishAI: A free plan instead of a trial: the editor, article outlines and one WordPress site, with no card. A 30 day money back guarantee appears once, on their free tools page, while the published terms state refunds are not offered unless required by law. Confirm which applies before subscribing. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who do not want to run a CMS and need the blog planned, governed, hosted and measured in one place. RepublishAI: Site owners and agencies already committed to WordPress, especially anyone running several WordPress properties who wants old posts refreshed as well as new ones written. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not run WordPress and do not want to. RepublishAI has no destination without it. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only that it published. Insights reports Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position and indexing coverage alongside CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, so what the next article is grounded in is maintained rather than researched from scratch each time. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions bound what Autopilot may write, the review queue is governed rather than advisory, and a publication hold blocks publication whatever the schedule says. - You want the images to show the real product. Assets discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the image model redraw it. ### Choose RepublishAI if - Your blog is in WordPress and it is staying there. RepublishAI is built for exactly that: a plugin, Gutenberg blocks preserved, Yoast fields filled, and an editor that changes existing posts without you logging into WordPress. Blogged publishes into no CMS at all. - You want to start free or cheaply. RepublishAI's free plan needs no card and Starter is $49 a month, against $99 and a 3 day trial with a card at Blogged. - You have a back catalogue that has gone stale. Nova reads a live post, researches what has changed, proposes targeted updates, and republishes it once you approve. Blogged has no agent that rewrites a post that is already published. - You run several WordPress sites. Three sites are included at $49 and five at $99 on one subscription, where Blogged is billed per Project with its own monthly allowance on each. - You want high intent formats off the shelf. Pulse ships more than 17 templates including product versus product comparisons, competitor alternatives roundups, reviews and listicles. Blogged has no template library. ### What RepublishAI does better than Blogged - It publishes into WordPress properly, which Blogged does not do at all. The plugin preserves core and third party Gutenberg blocks, fills Yoast SEO titles and descriptions, works alongside Yoast and RankMath, and warns you when the WordPress copy of a post has diverged from the copy in RepublishAI's editor. For a team whose blog already lives in WordPress, that alone can end the comparison. - It refreshes posts that are already live, and Blogged does not. Nova reads a published article, identifies what has gone out of date, researches current information, and proposes targeted edits you accept, modify or reject before it republishes. Blogged's freshness monitoring and controlled refresh apply to knowledge rather than to published posts, and its per post revisions are capped at one to three by plan. - It is cheaper at every point below $99 and free at the bottom. A free plan with no card covers the editor, article outlines and one site, Starter is $49 a month, and only at the $99 line do the two products meet, where the volumes are close. Blogged has no free tier and its trial is 3 days with a card at checkout. - Its internal linking reaches the whole site rather than only the blog. Nexus maps your site structure from the sitemap and links articles into product pages, category pages and knowledge base entries, typically two to three links an article, with every placement previewed before it is applied. Blogged owns the blog only, so its internal linking stays inside the blog. - One subscription covers several WordPress properties: three sites on Starter and five on Autopilot, all switchable from one editor, and writers can be invited to collaborate on content. Blogged is priced per Project with a separate monthly allowance on each, so a portfolio of small sites costs more to run on Blogged. - It ships a format library Blogged has no answer to. Pulse offers more than 17 article templates aimed at specific search intents, including head to head product comparisons, competitor alternatives roundups, product reviews, listicles and case studies, so a whole cluster of high intent pages can be produced to a consistent shape. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. RepublishAI: Yes. Autopilot builds a content calendar from AI keyword research for your niche, or from a keyword list you upload. Each article starts with an analysis of the top ten ranking pages plus the People Also Ask questions around the term. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries stop being eligible for normal reuse. RepublishAI: Partial. A domain analysis at setup reads your site to learn existing content and brand positioning, and you supply business context per article. No public page describes a stored set of verified facts, or any handling of staleness and conflict between them. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. RepublishAI: Partial. Atlas maps the content architecture of whoever currently ranks for the keyword and looks for the gaps they missed. That happens at write time, per article. No public page describes an ongoing monitoring feed you review between articles. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step rather than a setting. RepublishAI: Partial. The content calendar, the uploaded keyword list and your choice of template shape what gets proposed, and you can set agent preferences. Those steer what is written next rather than gating what is allowed to publish. - A template library for high intent article formats Blogged: No. Blogged offers three ways to start a post: an approved Topic, a custom brief, or a Markdown import that can preserve the body exactly or act as a brief. There is no library of prebuilt article formats. RepublishAI: Yes. Pulse ships more than 17 templates for specific search intents, including product versus product comparisons, competitor alternatives roundups, best of roundups, reviews, how to guides, explainers and case studies, at 1,000 to 2,000 words. ### Writing and optimization - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts. Blogged states the boundary plainly: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify that every claim is correct. RepublishAI: Not published. Atlas embeds external links to authoritative sources as one of its six phases and states that it reads only publicly available material. No public page states whether numbered citations or a fact checking pass are part of the article. - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist for answer engine visibility. RepublishAI: Not published. Atlas states 3,000 words and up and the plugin page states 3,500, with featured snippet targeting and Yoast metadata filled automatically. No public page describes a per article score, a blocker list or a gate on publishing. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. Blogged owns the blog only, so the linking stays inside the blog. RepublishAI: Yes. Nexus caches a map of the whole site from your sitemap and adds roughly two to three links an article, into product pages and category pages as well as other posts. Placements are previewed before they are applied, and existing links are left alone. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. RepublishAI: Partial. Vision generates three to five images per article, as branded illustrations, context aware photos, diagrams or website screenshots, to an illustration style and color palette you set, with alt text and captions. You preview and can remove, replace or reposition them. No public page describes approving a real captured product visual, or compositing a supplied logo after generation. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. RepublishAI: Not published. No public page states a language setting, a supported language list, or whether articles can be generated outside English. Ask before buying if you publish in more than one language. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. RepublishAI: Yes. In your WordPress site, as a published post or a draft, with Yoast SEO title and description filled, Open Graph tags set and the featured image in place. RepublishAI stores and edits the article but does not serve it. - Pushes posts into WordPress Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and for a team committed to WordPress that is the main reason to rule it out. RepublishAI: Yes. This is the whole product. A plugin from the WordPress directory connects the site, core and third party Gutenberg blocks survive editing, and sync detection warns when the WordPress copy and the editor copy have diverged. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. RepublishAI: No. The design is whatever your WordPress theme already does, and there has to be a WordPress site for any of it to run. RepublishAI writes into that site rather than providing one. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. RepublishAI: Yes. Autopilot publishes daily, weekly or on the days you select, from a start date you choose, at roughly one article a day. A setting decides whether each article arrives live or as a draft. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. A published post stays editable by hand with no cap, and AI regeneration is metered at 1 to 3 per post by plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. The Knowledge Engine's freshness monitoring and controlled refresh govern what the next article is grounded in, not the text of a post that is already published. RepublishAI: Yes. Nova is built for this. You pick a live post, it analyzes the article, researches what has changed, and proposes targeted updates that keep the original structure and voice. You accept, modify or reject them, then republish. It works one post at a time. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. RepublishAI: Not published. No public page describes a Search Console connection, or any report of clicks, impressions, CTR or ranking position inside RepublishAI. The published material covers producing and placing content rather than reading back what it did. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. RepublishAI: Not published. No public page describes CTA or conversion reporting. Because the destination is your own WordPress site, analytics stay with whatever that site already runs, which for most teams means a separate plugin or tag. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. RepublishAI: Not published. No public page describes newsletter signup, forms or lead capture. On WordPress those are usually solved by a separate plugin, which RepublishAI neither replaces nor claims to. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. RepublishAI: Partial. Autopilot can be set to save each article as a draft, every article lands in the editor first, and you can edit or discard anything before it goes live. Those are review controls under your attention rather than a check that stops a publication on its own. - Published documentation, limits and policy material Blogged: Yes. Public docs at docs.blogged.dev, a policy center covering privacy, terms, cookies, acceptable use, DPA and subprocessors, a status page, a disclosed crawler with an exclusion path, and stated boundaries on what the product will not claim. RepublishAI: Partial. Terms and a privacy policy are published, alongside detailed marketing pages with FAQs for each agent and a short changelog on the WordPress plugin listing. There is no help center, product changelog, roadmap or status page on the site itself. ### RepublishAI needs WordPress. Blogged is the blog. RepublishAI is a WordPress plugin and says so in its own headline. Every agent, the calendar, the editor and the publishing step all resolve to a WordPress site you already run, and no other content management system appears anywhere in its public material. Blogged makes the opposite bet. It builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. This single decision explains most of the rest of this page. It is why Blogged can measure what a post converts and can block a publication, and it is equally why Blogged is the wrong tool for a marketing team whose blog is already in WordPress and staying there. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain and move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme or PHP version to keep current. - RepublishAI: Native WordPress publishing through a plugin listed in the WordPress directory. - RepublishAI: Core and third party Gutenberg blocks survive editing, so existing layouts stay intact. - RepublishAI: Yoast SEO titles and descriptions are filled automatically, and it runs alongside Yoast or RankMath. - RepublishAI: Your existing theme, URL structure, plugins and analytics stay exactly where they are. ### Free and $49 below, and roughly the same volume at $99 The two products meet at $99 and diverge in both directions from there. RepublishAI's automated tier is $99 a month, marked as a limited time offer against a $199 list price, and states 30 or more articles a month, which is the same monthly count as Blogged Starter. So this is not a case of one product being better value by volume. Below that line RepublishAI wins outright: $49 a month buys 14 articles you publish yourself across three sites, and a free plan with no card covers the editor and one site. Above it, Blogged's ladder buys 60 and 90 posts a month with the hosted site, the images, the governance and the reporting included rather than absent. - Blogged: $99 a month per Project buys 30 posts, 40 Topics and 150 images, with the hosted blog site included. - Blogged: $169 buys 60 posts and $229 buys 90, and every plan carries the same capabilities. - Blogged: Prices, plan limits and the annual rate of $990 are published before you sign up. - Blogged: Multi Project discounts by position: 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10, 20 percent on 11 to 20. - RepublishAI: A free plan with no card covers the editor, article outlines and one WordPress site. - RepublishAI: $49 a month is the lowest paid entry point of the two, with three WordPress sites included. - RepublishAI: The $99 tier includes five sites, where Blogged bills each Project separately. - RepublishAI: Writers can be invited to collaborate on content from the editor. ### Nova rewrites the post. Blogged refreshes what the next post is built from. Both products use the word refresh and they mean different work, so it is worth being exact. Nova is aimed at a live article: you select a published post, it identifies the sections that have gone out of date, researches current information, and proposes edits that keep the original structure and voice, which you accept, modify or reject before republishing. Blogged's freshness monitoring sits in the Knowledge Engine and governs facts, not paragraphs. When a verified fact goes stale, conflicts with another, or is superseded, it stops being eligible for normal reuse, so the next article is grounded differently. Blogged lets you edit a published post by hand at any time, with no cap, and meters AI regeneration at 1 to 3 per post by plan, but nothing detects decay or proposes the edits for you. If your problem is a back catalogue that has aged, RepublishAI has the better answer and this page will not pretend otherwise. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh keep stale facts out of new work. - Blogged: Hand editing a published post is uncapped, and AI regeneration is metered at 1 to 3 per post by plan, with revision history and publication snapshots. - Blogged: Selective restore brings back part of an earlier version rather than the whole thing. - Blogged: Blogged publishes the boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - RepublishAI: Nova reads a live post and proposes targeted updates against current information. - RepublishAI: The original structure and voice are preserved rather than the article being rewritten wholesale. - RepublishAI: Every suggestion is reviewed and can be accepted, modified or rejected before republishing. - RepublishAI: It works on any post in the connected site, including articles RepublishAI did not write. ### Publishing is the end of one product and the middle of the other RepublishAI's published material describes a pipeline that finishes at the moment the article appears in WordPress. That is a coherent product, and for a site that already has analytics, forms and a CTA strategy it may be exactly the right scope. It does mean that nothing in RepublishAI's public material describes a Search Console connection, a ranking or traffic report, CTA measurement or lead capture, so whatever you learn about performance you learn somewhere else. Blogged treats publication as the middle of the loop, because it owns the destination and can therefore instrument it. Insights reports Search Console metrics and indexing coverage next to CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and attribution, and states its own denominators and limits rather than implying more precision than it has. - Blogged: Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries, top pages and indexing coverage. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport. - Blogged: Lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, acquisition attribution, channels and campaigns. - Blogged: Stated boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - RepublishAI: The scope is content production, which keeps the product and the setup simple. - RepublishAI: Your existing WordPress analytics, forms and CTA plugins keep working untouched. - RepublishAI: Yoast integration means the on page SEO fields are filled by the tool you already trust. - RepublishAI: Eleven free browser based SEO utilities are published separately, with no signup required. ### Switching from RepublishAI to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a WordPress site. There is no plugin to install, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. That is where the setup time goes, instead of into connecting a site and configuring which Yoast fields get written. 2. Export the articles out of WordPress, not out of RepublishAI. The posts already live in your WordPress database, and RepublishAI publishes no export endpoint or content API. So use WordPress itself to get them out, then import them into Blogged as Markdown, either preserving the body exactly or using a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Choose the destination and stop the double publish. Pick a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. Before traffic moves, switch RepublishAI's autopilot to drafts or disconnect the site so two systems are not writing to the same blog, and map redirects from the old WordPress article URLs. If the rest of your site stays on WordPress, only the blog path moves. 4. Approve Content Directions before handing over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, and spend a couple of weeks reading what Autopilot proposes. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is RepublishAI better than Blogged? It depends on one thing before anything else: whether you run WordPress. If your blog is in WordPress and staying, RepublishAI publishes into it natively, refreshes old posts, and costs less to start, while Blogged publishes into no CMS at all. If you have no CMS, or want the blog hosted, governed and measured in one place, Blogged fits and RepublishAI has nowhere to put the work. ### What is the best RepublishAI alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. To keep publishing into WordPress with more CMS options, SEObot and Outrank cover similar ground and reach beyond WordPress. To replace the blog itself rather than feed one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site instead of pushing into yours. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting. ### How much does RepublishAI cost compared with Blogged? RepublishAI has a free plan, a $49 a month Starter for 14 articles across three sites, and a $99 a month Autopilot tier for 30 or more auto published articles across five sites, shown against a $199 list price. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts, Growth is $169 for 60, and Ultra Growth is $229 for 90, or $990 a year at entry. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If the blog has to stay inside WordPress, RepublishAI is built for that and Blogged is not. ### Does Blogged refresh published posts the way RepublishAI does? Not in the same way, and the difference matters. RepublishAI's Nova rewrites a live article with current information after you review its suggestions. Blogged's freshness monitoring and controlled refresh apply to the verified facts in the Knowledge Engine, so stale or superseded knowledge stops feeding new articles. Blogged revises published posts by hand, 1 to 3 times per post by plan. ### Does RepublishAI report on rankings, traffic or conversions? Not in any material it publishes. No RepublishAI page describes a Google Search Console connection, a clicks or impressions report, CTA measurement or lead capture, so performance is read wherever your WordPress site already sends its analytics. Blogged reports Search Console metrics, indexing coverage, CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site it hosts. ### Why is Blogged more expensive to start than RepublishAI? RepublishAI has a free plan and a $49 tier, and Blogged starts at $99 per Project with a 3 day trial and a card at checkout. What the higher entry buys is the blog site itself, hosted and maintained, plus approved product imagery, governance that can refuse to publish, and search and conversion reporting. If you want to evaluate slowly and cheaply, RepublishAI is the easier start. ### Can Blogged manage several sites the way RepublishAI manages several WordPress sites? Only as separate Projects, each with its own subscription and its own monthly post allowance, discounted by position: 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10 and 20 percent on 11 to 20, up to 20 Projects. RepublishAI includes three sites at $49 and five at $99 on one subscription, which is cheaper for a portfolio of small sites. ## Blogged vs On-Page.ai URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-on-page-ai Competitor: On-Page.ai (https://on-page.ai) Category: On-page SEO optimization and entity analysis for pages you already have, with an AI article writer sold above the entry tier Their positioning: On-Page.ai scans a URL against the pages currently ranking for your keyword and tells you what is missing: graded entities, competitor term coverage, headline and image scores, page classification against Google's own category taxonomy, and internal link candidates. An AI Optimizer layer scores the same page for AI answer visibility across title, intent coverage, sourceability, freshness and authority. Above the entry tier, the Stealth AI Writer produces whole researched articles with images. There is also a scan API and an MCP server aimed at coding agents. Their pricing: $129 a month for the entry On-Page plan, which buys 140 scans, the AI Optimizer, the content editor, 600 briefs and about 40,000 words of in editor AI writing, and no Stealth AI articles. Whole article generation starts at $229 for 30 articles plus the suite, and the ladder runs to $3,499 for 2,000. Monthly only. No annual price is published. Where their content lands: WordPress, through the On-Page.ai Stealth Importer plugin, or nowhere. Otherwise you take the article away yourself: a .docx download, a PDF, HTML or text export, or a share link for an outside editor. On-Page.ai does not host a site and publishes no other CMS integration. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and On-Page.ai? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes posts to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. On-Page.ai is an on-page optimization suite that scans a page you already have against the results ranking for your keyword and returns the entities and fixes it is missing. The sharpest difference is that Blogged makes pages and On-Page.ai improves them. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. On-Page.ai: An on-page optimization suite that scores an existing URL against the pages ranking for a keyword, with an AI article writer available above the entry tier. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. On-Page.ai: You take the output away. Export as .docx, PDF, HTML or text, share a link with an editor, or import into WordPress with the Stealth Importer plugin. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. On-Page.ai: $129 a month for 140 scans and no Stealth articles. The cheapest plan that writes whole articles is $229 on the homepage table and $179 on their Stealth Writer page. Monthly only. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. On-Page.ai: Measured in scans and article credits, not posts. 140 scans at entry. Articles come two ways: bundled with the suite at 30 for $229, 100 for $399 and up to 2,000 for $3,499, or on writer only plans at 50 for $229, 100 for $299 and 200 for $499. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. On-Page.ai: A free registration with no card and no published time limit, plus a 7 day money back guarantee that requires following the full recommendations. Stealth articles are excluded from refunds. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who need a blog to exist, run and convert, without owning a CMS or driving it weekly. On-Page.ai: Teams with a library of pages already live, who need to know which ones are underperforming and exactly what to add. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not have a blog yet, or you have one and nothing goes on it. Blogged starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, then builds, themes, hosts and maintains the site itself. - You want posts to appear without anyone driving. Autopilot holds the schedule and cadence, keeps a bounded supply of approved Topics, and full mode publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only what a page scores. Insights reports Search Console clicks, impressions and indexing coverage alongside CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site Blogged hosts. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with freshness monitoring, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from normal reuse. - You want your real product in the article. Blogged discovers site images and page captures, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose On-Page.ai if - You already have a hundred pages and the problem is that they underperform, not that there are too few. On-Page.ai scans any URL against the results ranking now and hands back graded missing entities. Blogged has no site wide audit crawler and cannot touch a page it did not write. - The pages that need fixing are not blog posts. Pricing pages, documentation, landing pages and category pages all get the same treatment from On-Page.ai. Blogged only works on the posts sitting on the blog it hosts. - You want a comparative number for AI answer visibility. The AI Optimizer ranks your title against every competitor with a panel of five models, then scores intent coverage, sourceability, freshness and authority. Blogged carries a GEO checklist, not a competitor benchmarked score. - You want the evidence inside your own agent. On-Page.ai documents a REST scan API, runs an MCP server for Claude Code, Codex and Cursor, and publishes seventeen numbered workflows, 23 prompts in total, built on it. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not a content API you can drive. - You buy or vet links. Link Relevancy grades the links already pointing at you, Predictive Link Building checks whether a target domain sits in your category, and Predictive Guest Post scores a draft before you place it. Blogged does no off site link work at all. ### What On-Page.ai does better than Blogged - It reaches pages Blogged cannot. Any public URL can be scanned, so your pricing page, your documentation and your landing pages are all in scope. Blogged has no site wide technical audit crawler and only touches the posts on the blog it hosts, which for a team with an existing library is the whole job left undone. - Optimization is measured against the pages ranking right now, not against an internal rubric. A scan returns entities graded one to ten, a term by term competitor coverage matrix, headline and image scores, page classification into Google's 1,091 category taxonomy, and internal link candidates, across 27 SERP regions. Blogged's readiness score is its own judgment of a draft. - Its AI answer scoring is more specific than Blogged's. The AI Optimizer ranks your title against every page one competitor using a panel of five models, scores how quotable your claims are, compares your publish and update dates against every competitor, and grades author credibility and cited evidence. Blogged ships a GEO checklist and no comparative score. - It is programmable in a way Blogged is not. There is a documented asynchronous REST API with a published report schema, rate limits and webhooks, an MCP server that installs into Claude Code, Codex, Cursor, VS Code and ChatGPT, and seventeen published workflows for site wide internal linking, stale page refreshes and cannibalization audits. - You can look inside before paying anything. Registration is free and takes no card, with no published time limit, and the optimization plans carry a 7 day money back guarantee. Blogged asks for a card at checkout and gives you 3 days, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment. - It ships two things Blogged has no version of: an AI detection scanner that grades a URL list or a document for machine written text with a confidence score, and language coverage that runs to ten languages for scanning and four for article generation. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. On-Page.ai: Partial. The Topical Keyword Tool finds the category behind a keyword and suggests topically aligned terms, and scans surface keyword variations. On-Page.ai's own API reference states the product is not a keyword volume data provider. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. On-Page.ai: Not published. The Stealth Writer can crawl your root domain per article to learn about your business, and takes a description and a focus URL. No public page describes a stored fact base that persists between articles or that later work is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. On-Page.ai: Partial. Competitor analysis is central, but it happens inside a scan: the cohort is whoever ranks for the keyword you submitted, at the moment you submit it. No public page describes standing monitoring of named competitors with a signal feed you review. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. On-Page.ai: Not published. The documented workflow is one page and one keyword at a time, driven by you. No public page describes a saved content plan or rule set that later scans and articles are checked against. - Entity gaps measured against the pages ranking today Blogged: No. Blogged scores a draft against its own SEO and GEO pillars. There is no rank tracker, no keyword difficulty database of its own, and no scan that benchmarks a page against the current search results. On-Page.ai: Yes. This is the core product. Submit a URL, a keyword and a region and get missing and weak entities graded one to ten, related entity density against the page one cohort, a term by term competitor matrix, and prioritized fixes. ### Writing and optimization - Whole articles generated on the entry plan Blogged: Yes. Every self serve plan writes complete posts. Starter is 30 a month at $99, Growth 60 and Ultra Growth 90, with the same capabilities on all three. On-Page.ai: No. The $129 On-Page plan includes about 40,000 words a month of in editor AI writing and paraphrasing, but no Stealth AI articles. The cheapest plan that writes whole articles is $229 for 30 on the homepage table, and $179 on their Stealth Writer page. - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. On-Page.ai: Yes. A scan returns an optimization score with a grade and focus areas, the content editor shows a live Quick Score as you type, and the AI Optimizer adds one Content Score across seven dimensions. - Optimizing pages the tool did not write itself Blogged: No. Blogged works on the posts it holds. Markdown import brings an outside article in as a post, but there is no way to point Blogged at your pricing page or your docs and have it improve them in place. On-Page.ai: Yes. Any public URL is a valid target. Auto-Optimize inserts related entities into text you paste in, and the agent workflows edit pages in place on your own site through WordPress credentials you supply. - Scoring for citation by AI answer engines Blogged: Partial. The editor carries a GEO checklist alongside the SEO score, and a sources and citations panel. It is a checklist against Blogged's own criteria rather than a score benchmarked against competitors. On-Page.ai: Yes. The AI Optimizer scores sourceability and quotable claims, ranks your title against every competitor with a panel of five models, compares freshness dates across the whole page one cohort, and grades author credibility and backed claims. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. On-Page.ai: Partial. The Stealth Writer includes three generated images per article with optimized file names and alt text, each regeneratable three times, and the editor can generate one image at a time. The images are model output, not captures of your product. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. On-Page.ai: Yes. The Stealth Writer writes in English, French, Spanish and German, and scans run in ten languages. Categorization, Link Relevancy, Topical Keyword Search and Predictive Guest Post are English only. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished article actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. On-Page.ai: Partial. Wherever you take it. A .docx download, a PDF, HTML or text export, a share link for an outside editor, or a WordPress import through the Stealth Importer plugin. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. On-Page.ai: No. On-Page.ai is built for a site you already run and does not host or theme one. That is a design choice rather than a gap, and it is why it can work on pages no blogging tool would touch. - Pushes posts into WordPress Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. On-Page.ai: Yes. The Stealth Importer plugin imports Stealth Writer articles and their images into WordPress, and is marketed as mass posting on the writer plans. No other CMS integration is published. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. On-Page.ai: Not published. The documented flow is one keyword in, one article out, then you place it. No public page describes a content calendar, a scheduled publication or a recurring cadence. - Refreshing pages that are already live Blogged: Partial. Posts can be revised 1 to 3 times depending on plan, with revision history, publication snapshots and selective restore. There is no detector that queues a refresh for you. On-Page.ai: Yes. This is one of its best uses. The Freshness Factor compares your dates against every page one competitor, and a published workflow walks a whole sitemap refreshing stale pages while preserving the human writing. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. On-Page.ai: No. On-Page.ai's API reference states the product is not a rank tracker and directs you to separate tools for traffic analytics. No Search Console connection is published. - Conversion measurement on the published pages Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. On-Page.ai: No. On-Page.ai does not own or host the destination, so what a page converts stays with whatever analytics your own site already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the page itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. On-Page.ai: Partial. The Stealth Writer takes a call to action URL and a short call to action line and places them at the end of the article. The form, the list and the reporting belong to your own site. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. On-Page.ai: No. There is no publication step for On-Page.ai to hold back, because a person decides when the article goes live. Its help center states plainly that AI output may be inaccurate and should be reviewed before it is used. - An API and MCP server your own agents can drive Blogged: Partial. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through Search Console, and serves public docs with llms.txt and llms-full.txt. There is no content API that writes or publishes a post. On-Page.ai: Yes. Four documented REST endpoints on an asynchronous job model with a published report schema, rate limits and webhooks, plus an MCP server with nine tools that installs into Claude Code, Codex, Cursor, VS Code and ChatGPT. ### On-Page.ai improves pages that exist. Blogged makes pages that do not. This is not a case of two products racing at the same problem. On-Page.ai takes a URL you already own, compares it against whatever is ranking for your keyword at that moment, and tells you what to add. Blogged takes a product and turns it into a blog: topics, drafts, images, internal links, a schedule, a hosted site and a report on what it converted. If your library is thin, no amount of optimization has anything to work on. If your library is large and stale, more posts a month is not the fix. Deciding between them is mostly a question of which of those two sentences describes you. - Blogged: Starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, with no existing blog required. - Blogged: Writes, illustrates, links, schedules and publishes 30 to 90 posts a month depending on plan. - Blogged: Builds and hosts the site the posts land on, including navigation, reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Reports on search performance and on lead and subscriber outcomes afterward. - On-Page.ai: Scans any public URL, blog post or not, against the live results for a keyword in 27 regions. - On-Page.ai: Returns graded missing entities, competitor term coverage and internal link candidates. - On-Page.ai: Auto-Optimize inserts the missing entities into text you already have, in place. - On-Page.ai: Published workflows walk a whole sitemap refreshing stale pages while preserving the human writing. ### $129 for 140 scans, or $99 for 30 published posts The two entry tiers are close in price and buy almost nothing in common. On-Page.ai's $129 plan buys 140 scans a month, the AI Optimizer, the content editor and about 40,000 words of in editor AI assistance, and no whole articles; those start at $229 for 30. Blogged's $99 plan buys 30 posts a month written, illustrated, interlinked, scheduled and published on a site it hosts, and no scans of anything else on your domain. The honest reading is not that one is cheaper. It is that if you want articles, Blogged costs less and does more with them, and if you want a page audited against the current search results, Blogged has no price for that at all because it does not do it. - Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, which is priced as ten months. - Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month at $99, $169 and $229, with identical capabilities on all three. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, and a discount by Project position for multiple products. - Blogged: Hosting, the blog site, imagery, publishing and reporting are all inside the plan price. - On-Page.ai: $129 a month covers 140 scans, the AI Optimizer, 600 briefs and 500 AI detection credits. - On-Page.ai: $229 adds 30 whole articles, $399 adds 100 plus the link relevancy tools, and the ladder runs to $3,499 for 2,000. - On-Page.ai: Writer only plans start at $229 for 50 articles and include the WordPress importer. - On-Page.ai: No contract and no annual commitment, but no annual discount either, and the scan API is priced separately in credits. ### A report you act on, or a loop that closes on its own On-Page.ai finishes when it hands you a prioritized list. Somebody then has to make the edits, put the article somewhere, and find out later whether it worked. That somebody can be a person, a writer, or a coding agent driving the MCP server, and the seventeen published workflows exist precisely because the last mile is yours. Blogged runs the whole loop instead: approved Content Directions bound what may be written, Autopilot schedules and publishes only after governance checks pass, a publication hold can stop a post outright, and Insights reports afterward on Search Console performance and on CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes. Which one you want depends on whether you have somebody to do the last mile. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. - On-Page.ai: Every scan ends in prioritized recommendations you can hand to a writer or an agent. - On-Page.ai: One click and bulk optimize actions apply many of those fixes to text inside the editor. - On-Page.ai: An MCP server and seventeen published workflows let a coding agent do the last mile with an audit trail. - On-Page.ai: The help center states repeatedly that AI output should be reviewed by a person before it is used. ### The overlap is small, and that cuts in your favor It would be easy to write this page as though one product replaces the other, and it would be wrong. On-Page.ai says as much itself: its API reference states the product is not a rank tracker, not a backlink index and not a keyword volume provider, and tells you to pair it with other tools for the rest. Blogged states its own limits the same way, including that it has no site wide audit crawler and no rank tracker. A team that runs both gets Blogged producing and publishing the blog while On-Page.ai audits everything else on the domain, including, if you want, the URLs Blogged just published. The reason to pick only one is budget or attention, not incompatibility. - Blogged: Owns the blog: topics, drafts, imagery, internal links, the schedule, the hosted site and the reporting. - Blogged: Publishes to a subdomain or under your existing path, so the posts sit on URLs any scanner can read. - Blogged: Reports lead conversion and subscriber outcomes, which no external scanner can see. - Blogged: States its own boundaries: no rank tracker, no backlink index, no site wide audit crawler. - On-Page.ai: Audits the pages Blogged does not own: pricing, docs, landing pages, legacy posts. - On-Page.ai: Can scan the posts Blogged publishes, because any public URL is a valid target. - On-Page.ai: Adds link relevancy and guest post scoring, which Blogged does not offer in any form. - On-Page.ai: States its own boundaries and tells you which tools to pair it with. ### Switching from On-Page.ai to Blogged 1. Decide whether you are replacing it or adding to it. If you bought On-Page.ai to fix an existing library and it is doing that, Blogged does not replace it. If you bought it hoping it would produce a steady blog and you are still writing everything yourself, that is the gap Blogged fills. Answer this first, because it decides whether the next three steps are a migration or an addition. 2. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations. 3. Bring the articles you already wrote and optimized. Export the Stealth Writer articles as .docx or pull them out of WordPress, then import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot and connect Search Console. If you are keeping On-Page.ai, point it at the rest of the domain rather than at the blog Blogged now runs. ### Is On-Page.ai better than Blogged? It depends on whether your pages exist yet. If you have a library that underperforms and somebody able to act on a report, On-Page.ai is the better buy, because Blogged cannot audit or optimize a page it did not write. If the blog itself does not exist, or exists and never gets posts, On-Page.ai has nothing to work on and Blogged is the better buy. ### What is the best On-Page.ai alternative? That depends which half of it you are replacing. For on-page scoring against the live search results, Surfer and Clearscope sit on the same shelf, and SEOVision covers the AI visibility side. For replacing the writing and publishing half, Blogged plans, writes and publishes to a blog site it hosts, and Outrank pushes articles into a CMS you already run. None of those audits your existing pages the way On-Page.ai does. ### How much does On-Page.ai cost compared with Blogged? On-Page.ai starts at $129 a month for 140 scans, the AI Optimizer and about 40,000 words of in editor AI writing, with no whole articles; those start at $229 for 30. Blogged Starter is $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, for 30 posts and 40 Topics, hosted and published, with unlimited team seats. On-Page.ai publishes no annual price and states no seat limit either way. ### Does On-Page.ai write full articles? Yes, through the Stealth AI Writer, but not on the entry plan. You give it a keyword, it researches the topic, optionally crawls your site to learn about your business, and returns a long article with three generated images. The $129 On-Page plan includes no Stealth articles. The cheapest plan that writes them is $229 a month for 30, or the same $229 for 50 on a writer only plan. ### What is Stealth on On-Page.ai? Stealth is On-Page.ai's AI writing family, not a link building product. The Stealth AI Writer produces whole researched articles, the Stealth ReWriter rewrites existing text, and the Stealth Importer plugin moves finished articles and their images into WordPress. The name refers to the articles passing On-Page.ai's own AI detector, which every article is checked against before you get it. ### Can Blogged audit and optimize the pages I already have? No, and this is the clearest reason to keep On-Page.ai. Blogged has no site wide audit crawler and no rank tracker, and it works on the posts sitting on the blog it hosts. You can import an outside article as Markdown and have Blogged revise it, but you cannot point Blogged at your pricing page or your documentation and have it improve them in place. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. On-Page.ai does reach WordPress, through its Stealth Importer plugin, so if that is a requirement it is a point in its favor. ### Can I run Blogged and On-Page.ai together? Yes, and for a team with an existing library it is often the sensible answer. Blogged produces and publishes the blog on the site it hosts and reports on what those posts convert. On-Page.ai audits everything Blogged does not own, including your pricing page, your documentation and your older posts, and it can scan the URLs Blogged publishes because any public page is a valid target. ## Blogged vs BloggedAi URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-bloggedai Competitor: BloggedAi (https://bloggedai.com) Category: AI SEO article generation for ecommerce and Shopify brands, delivered as HTML you paste into a site you already run Their positioning: BloggedAi is a product of Founding Engine, which describes itself as an SEO infrastructure and AI search optimization agency, and is a separate company from Blogged. You give it your website URL and the keyword you want to rank for, and it returns a long form SEO article with JSON-LD schema, an FAQ block, an AI generated hero image and production ready HTML, in about ninety seconds. Its own llms.txt describes the audience as Shopify store owners and ecommerce brands. The first article is free with no card, and paid plans add keyword research, AI discovery optimization and, above the entry tier, a dedicated rep. Their pricing: $99 as a one time purchase for 10 posts delivered within 24 hours, which is the entry tier. Subscriptions run $299 a month for 30 posts and $499 a month for 60. The first post is free with no card. No annual pricing is published. Where their content lands: Nowhere on its own, on the self serve plans. You copy the HTML from the preview or download the file and paste it into Shopify, WordPress, Webflow, Wix, Squarespace, Ghost or a custom site. BloggedAi also publishes a copy of the article on bloggedai.com with a link back to your site. Founding Engine describes auto publishing separately, as part of a managed engagement. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and BloggedAi? Blogged (blogged.dev) and BloggedAi (bloggedai.com) are unrelated products from different companies with similar names. Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain. BloggedAi generates SEO articles for ecommerce brands and delivers them as HTML you copy or download and paste into your own site. Blogged publishes the post. BloggedAi hands you the file. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - Company and domain. Blogged: Blogged, at blogged.dev, operated by BoostYard LLC. BloggedAi: BloggedAi, at bloggedai.com, a product of Founding Engine. A separate company with no connection to Blogged. - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you, then reports on what it earns. BloggedAi: An AI article generator that turns a keyword and your website URL into a finished, schema rich HTML page in about ninety seconds. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. BloggedAi: You publish it. Copy the HTML or download the file, then paste it into whatever platform you already run. A copy is also published on bloggedai.com. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, for 30 posts a month. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. BloggedAi: $99 once for 10 posts, then $299 a month for 30 posts or $499 for 60. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. BloggedAi: One complete article, free, with no card and no time limit. The site calls it a demo of content structure and copy quality. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. BloggedAi: Ecommerce and Shopify brands who already have a blog to paste into and want a batch of long form articles quickly. ### Choose Blogged if - You want the posts to go live without you. BloggedAi's published fourth step is to copy the HTML and paste it in yourself. Blogged schedules and publishes to a site it hosts, and the command center shows what is queued. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only that it was delivered. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged hosts. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish. - You are running an ongoing program rather than buying a batch. $169 a month buys 60 posts on Blogged Growth, against $299 a month for 30 posts on BloggedAi Growth. ### Choose BloggedAi if - You sell physical products. BloggedAi is written for ecommerce: it takes a product URL to target rich snippets, states it bakes in BlogPosting, FAQ and Product schema, and its published examples are jewelry, skincare, pet and fitness. Blogged is built for SaaS. - Your blog already lives in Shopify, WordPress, Webflow or Squarespace and it is not moving. BloggedAi's output drops into any of them. Blogged publishes into none of them. - You want to read a full article before paying anything. BloggedAi generates one free with no card. Blogged asks for a card and gives you 3 days. - You want a batch, not a subscription. $99 buys 10 posts outright at BloggedAi, billed once. Every Blogged plan is a recurring monthly charge per Project. - You would rather a person did the setup. BloggedAi states Growth and Dominate include a dedicated rep and professional install. Blogged is self serve software with support by email. ### What BloggedAi does better than Blogged - You can read a finished, full length article before you spend anything. BloggedAi generates one free, with no card, in about ninety seconds. Blogged's trial is 3 days and takes a card at checkout, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment, and for a lot of buyers that alone decides which one they try first. - The entry tier is a purchase, not a subscription. $99 buys 10 posts delivered within 24 hours, described on their pricing as a one time purchase, and nothing recurs. Blogged has no equivalent: every plan bills monthly or annually per Project, so a team that wants ten articles and then wants to stop is better served there. - It works with the site you already have. The output is plain HTML, and BloggedAi lists Shopify, WordPress, Webflow, Wix, Squarespace, Ghost and custom builds as places you can paste it. Blogged hosts the blog itself and pushes into none of those, so for a team committed to an existing CMS that is the end of the conversation. - It is built for ecommerce, and says so. The request form takes a product URL so the article can target rich snippets, the delivered HTML carries Article and FAQ structured data, and their llms.txt names Shopify store owners as the audience across eighteen or more consumer categories. Blogged is built for SaaS and does not compete for that buyer. - A person is attached to the paid plans. BloggedAi states Growth and Dominate include a dedicated rep and professional install, which is a managed service Blogged does not offer at any tier. Blogged is self serve software with email support at hi@blogged.dev. - The top tier adds IndexNow submission. BloggedAi lists instant IndexNow indexing on its $499 plan. Blogged submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through its Search Console connection, and reports indexing coverage, but does not publish an IndexNow capability. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. BloggedAi: Partial. You name the keyword you want to win on the request form. Every paid plan lists custom keyword research, BloggedAi states keywords are chosen against your domain authority, and Growth and above add a keyword cluster strategy. No public page describes a standing queue of topics you review before writing starts. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. BloggedAi: Not published. BloggedAi states it scrapes your site to understand your brand and offerings before it writes. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. BloggedAi: Partial. Founding Engine's page for BloggedAi states competitor content is analyzed at the moment a post is written. No public page describes ongoing monitoring with a signal feed you review between posts. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. BloggedAi: Not published. You choose the keyword, the target audience and one of eight brand voices on the request form. No public page describes an approved rule set that generation is checked against afterwards. - Running several brands or sites from one account Blogged: Yes. Each brand is a separate Project, with a discount by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent, 11 to 20 take 20 percent, up to 20 Projects in a workspace. BloggedAi: Partial. Founding Engine's page for BloggedAi states multiple brands can be run from one dashboard, each with its own voice and keyword strategy. bloggedai.com does not publish a per site or per brand pricing model. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. BloggedAi: Not published. BloggedAi states every article is written to a fixed shape: 1,500 to 2,500 words, an optimized title, H2 and H3 structure, JSON-LD schema and a built in FAQ block. No public page describes a per article score or a blocker list. - Optimization aimed at AI answer engines, not only Google Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a GEO checklist alongside the SEO pillar breakdown, and the marketing site publishes llms.txt and a disclosed, robots respecting crawler at /bot. BloggedAi: Yes. AI discovery optimization is listed on every paid tier and a full AEO and GEO suite on the top tier. BloggedAi publishes llms.txt and a robots.txt that explicitly welcomes the major AI crawlers. The site does not describe what the optimization consists of. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. BloggedAi: Partial. The request form takes up to five pages from your site for the article to link to, and BloggedAi states internal links are part of every post. No public page describes linking the articles it writes to each other. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. BloggedAi: Not published. The public sample articles carry Article and FAQ structured data but no citation list. No public page states whether claims in a generated article are sourced. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. BloggedAi: Partial. Every post gets an AI generated hero image, and the request form accepts up to three image URLs of your own. BloggedAi states it fills in with Unsplash stock photography if you leave that field empty. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. BloggedAi: Not published. No public page states whether BloggedAi writes in any language other than English. Every published example is in English. ### Publishing and hosting - Puts the finished post live on your site for you Blogged: Yes. Autopilot schedules and publishes to the blog site Blogged hosts. Full mode may publish on its own once approved Content Directions and governance checks pass, and assisted mode leaves scheduled drafts for review. BloggedAi: Partial. On the self serve plans you copy the HTML from the preview or download the file and paste it in yourself. Founding Engine's page for BloggedAi describes auto publishing to your blog as part of a managed engagement it sets up and runs, which is not sold as a plan on bloggedai.com. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Webflow Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. BloggedAi: Partial. BloggedAi states its HTML works anywhere you can add HTML, and names Shopify, WordPress, Webflow, Wix, Squarespace, Ghost and custom sites. That is a paste rather than a connection: no CMS plugin, app listing or API is published. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. BloggedAi: No. By design, the site stays yours. Each article arrives as a self contained HTML document with its own inline styling, so it renders alone, but there is no blog index, navigation or theme to inherit. - A publishing schedule and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. BloggedAi: Not published. The entry tier states 10 posts are delivered within 24 hours, and the monthly plans state 30 or 60 posts a month. No public page describes a calendar or a cadence you set. - Help getting a post indexed once it is live Blogged: Partial. Webhooks submit sitemaps and run Search Console URL inspection, and Insights reports indexing coverage on Google's finalized windows. Blogged does not publish an IndexNow capability. BloggedAi: Partial. IndexNow instant indexing is listed on the $499 tier only. The entry and $299 tiers do not list it. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on every plan. BloggedAi: Partial. Monthly reports and Google Search Console are listed on the $499 tier. Neither the one time tier nor the $299 tier lists reporting of any kind. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. BloggedAi: No. BloggedAi never owns the page the article ends up on, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your own site already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. BloggedAi: No. The delivered HTML is an article. Signup forms and CTAs belong to the site you paste it into. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. BloggedAi: Partial. You are the gate on the self serve plans, because nothing appears on your site until you paste it. No automated check that can stop a post is described. - Someone who sets the thing up for you Blogged: No. Blogged is self serve. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and support is by email at hi@blogged.dev. No done for you installation service is published. BloggedAi: Yes. BloggedAi states Growth and Dominate include a dedicated rep and professional install. The site does not describe what the install covers. ### Two companies, two domains, two products Blogged is blogged.dev, operated by BoostYard LLC, and it is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. BloggedAi is bloggedai.com, a product of Founding Engine, an SEO agency, and it generates SEO articles for ecommerce and Shopify brands. They are unrelated: separate companies, separate teams, separate products, separate customers. The names read alike, so this section exists to say which is which before anything else on the page. If what you wanted was a keyword to HTML article generator for a store, BloggedAi is the one you are looking for and their site is linked from this page. - Blogged: Blogged, at blogged.dev, operated by BoostYard LLC. - Blogged: An autonomous blog platform: strategy, writing, optimization, scheduling, publishing and reporting in one system. - Blogged: Built for SaaS founders and small SaaS teams. - Blogged: Hosts the blog itself, on a subdomain, a custom subdomain, or an existing path by reverse proxy. - BloggedAi: BloggedAi, at bloggedai.com, a product of Founding Engine. - BloggedAi: An article generator: keyword plus website URL in, finished HTML out, in about ninety seconds. - BloggedAi: Built for Shopify stores and ecommerce brands, in their own words. - BloggedAi: Publishes nothing to your site on the self serve plans. You paste the HTML wherever you like. ### A file you paste in, or a post that is already live BloggedAi's own fourth step is copy, paste, rank. What arrives is a complete standalone HTML document with inline styling, Article and FAQ structured data, a generated hero image and up to three images you supplied, and you place it yourself. With Blogged there is no file to install: the post is written, scored, illustrated, linked, scheduled and published onto a blog site Blogged builds and hosts. One more thing worth knowing before you buy: BloggedAi states it also publishes a copy of your article on bloggedai.com with a link back to your site, and on the copies that exist, all 14 sampled in August 2026, that copy carried no canonical tag pointing at your version, so the article exists at two addresses. It does not happen to every article: the customer featured on their own homepage has no copy there at all. Ask them how they handle that. - Blogged: The post goes live on a blog site Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains. - Blogged: Scheduling, cadence and publication holds live in Autopilot rather than in your calendar. - Blogged: One copy of each post, on your subdomain, with related reading and on site reader search around it. - Blogged: Export stays available as a Markdown download or copy if you ever want the content elsewhere. - BloggedAi: A complete HTML document, ready to preview, copy or download as a file. - BloggedAi: Article and FAQ JSON-LD are already in the markup, so rich snippet eligibility travels with the paste. - BloggedAi: BloggedAi states the content is yours to publish, edit and use however you want. - BloggedAi: You decide what goes live and when, because nothing is connected to your site. ### A one time batch, or a program that runs every month The two products charge in different shapes, and the shape matters more than the figure. BloggedAi's entry is $99 charged once for 10 posts delivered inside a day, with nothing recurring, which is genuinely the cheaper way to find out whether AI articles do anything for you. Above that it inverts: BloggedAi Growth is $299 a month for 30 posts and Dominate is $499 for 60, while Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts and Growth is $169 for 60. So the honest split is this: buying a batch, BloggedAi costs less; running a program month after month, Blogged costs less per post and publishes them as well. - Blogged: $99 a month or $990 a year for 30 posts, $169 for 60, $229 for 90. - Blogged: Annual billing is ten months, so two months are not charged. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, and a discount by Project position from the second Project on. - Blogged: Every tier has the same capabilities. Plans differ by volume, not by what is switched on. - BloggedAi: $99 once for 10 posts, described as a one time purchase, with nothing recurring afterwards. - BloggedAi: $299 a month for 30 posts, $499 for 60, with no contract and cancellation at any time. - BloggedAi: The first article is free with no card, so the evaluation costs nothing at all. - BloggedAi: Capability rises with price: reporting, Search Console and IndexNow are on the top tier. ### An ecommerce store, or a SaaS product This is the difference most likely to decide it, and it is not close. BloggedAi's llms.txt names Shopify store owners and ecommerce brands as the audience, its request form asks for a product URL so the article can target rich snippets, and its published examples are jewelry, skincare, pet nutrition, fitness and kitchen gear. Blogged is built for SaaS founders: the Knowledge Engine models a product and its competitors, product CTAs and newsletter signup sit on the blog itself, and the reporting follows a reader to a lead or a subscriber. If you sell physical products, BloggedAi is aimed squarely at you and Blogged is not. - Blogged: The Knowledge Engine holds product, competitor and keyword facts for a software product, each bound to an official source. - Blogged: Product CTAs and newsletter signup are part of the hosted blog, with lead conversion reported behind them. - Blogged: Competitor Watch tracks approved software competitors weekly and turns reviewed signals into Topics. - Blogged: Onboarding works with no existing website: start from a URL, a product description, or product documents. - BloggedAi: The audience is named in their own llms.txt: Shopify store owners and ecommerce brands. - BloggedAi: A product URL on the request form targets rich snippets for the item you are selling. - BloggedAi: Eighteen or more consumer categories are supported, with published examples across most of them. - BloggedAi: The output is plain HTML, which is exactly what a Shopify or Squarespace blog editor accepts. ### Switching from BloggedAi to Blogged 1. Decide whether you want a destination or a supplier. BloggedAi sells articles into a site you run. Blogged is the site. If you are keeping a Shopify or WordPress blog, this move does not make sense and BloggedAi is the better fit. If the blog is something you have been meaning to build and have not, that is the case for switching, and it is the question to settle before anything else. 2. Bring the articles BloggedAi already delivered. Convert the HTML body of each delivered article to Markdown and import it. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. If BloggedAi also published a copy on bloggedai.com, decide what you want done with that copy before you republish the same article on your own subdomain. 3. Point Blogged at the product and pick the destination. There is no connector to configure, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Then choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog, and redirect from wherever the pasted articles currently live. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. Blogged Starter allows 30 posts a month, so set a cadence you can stand behind rather than filling the cap. ### Are Blogged and BloggedAi the same company? No. Blogged is blogged.dev, operated by BoostYard LLC, and is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. BloggedAi is bloggedai.com, a product of Founding Engine, and generates SEO articles for ecommerce brands. Separate companies, separate products, no connection between them. If you were looking for the keyword to HTML article generator, that is BloggedAi and their site is linked from this page. ### Is BloggedAi better than Blogged? It depends on whether you already have a blog. If you sell physical products and your blog lives in Shopify, WordPress or Squarespace, BloggedAi is the better buy, because its output pastes into all of them and Blogged publishes into none of them. If you are a SaaS team with no blog to speak of and you want the site, the publishing and the conversion reporting handled, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best BloggedAi alternative? That depends on which part you are replacing. To keep pasting articles into a store you already run, BlogSEO publishes straight into Shopify and Outrank covers ten destinations, so neither leaves you pasting. To replace the blog itself rather than supply one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance and conversion reporting, from $99 a month. ### How much does BloggedAi cost compared with Blogged? BloggedAi starts at $99 charged once for 10 posts, then $299 a month for 30 posts or $499 for 60. Blogged Starter is $99 a month for 30 posts, Growth $169 for 60, Ultra Growth $229 for 90, with annual billing at ten months. A one off batch is cheaper at BloggedAi. An ongoing program is cheaper per post at Blogged, and Blogged publishes the posts as well. ### What do you actually get from BloggedAi at the end? A complete HTML document. You see the article in a live preview, then copy the HTML or download the file and paste it into your own site. It carries an optimized title and meta description, H2 and H3 structure, Article and FAQ structured data, an AI generated hero image and links to pages you nominated. It is not Markdown, and nothing is published to your site for you. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If the blog has to stay inside WordPress or Shopify, BloggedAi's HTML pastes into both and Blogged is the wrong tool. ### Does BloggedAi publish a copy of my article on its own site? Its FAQ says yes: a copy goes on bloggedai.com with a link back to your site, described as building authority for both parties. It does not happen to every article, and the customer featured on their homepage has no copy there. On the copies that do exist, all 14 sampled in August 2026, there was no canonical tag pointing at the customer's version, so that article sits at two addresses. Worth asking them how they handle it before you buy, particularly if you plan to republish the article anywhere else. ### Blogged's trial is only 3 days. Is that long enough to judge it? It is short, and BloggedAi's free first article with no card is the easier evaluation. 3 days is enough to complete onboarding, see the Knowledge Engine built from your site, approve Content Directions and read published posts on your own blog site, which is the thing being sold. It is not enough to see search results move. If a slow evaluation matters more than that, say so before you put a card in. ## Blogged vs looker.so URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-looker Competitor: looker.so (https://looker.so) Category: Bring your own key SEO measurement suite: rank tracking, keyword research, domain analysis, site audits and AI visibility Their positioning: looker.so, which is not Google Looker at looker.com, sells six measurement tools behind one login: a daily SERP rank tracker for Google and Bing, keyword research, competitor and domain analysis, a site audit crawler, AI visibility reporting, and white label client reports, plus a REST API and an MCP server. You connect your own DataForSEO account and every check bills straight to it, so the software is a one time purchase and the data is metered at the provider's rate with no markup on top. It writes nothing and publishes nothing. Their pricing: A one time lifetime license sold on a rising ladder of $99, $149 and $199 across 125 seats in total. Checked in August 2026, the $99 band had sold out and $149 was the live price, and looker.so shows the current band on its own pricing section. The vendor states that when all 125 seats are gone the lifetime deal closes and monthly tiers open. Ranking data is not included and bills to your own DataForSEO account, which looker.so's own calculator puts at roughly $71 a month for 500 keywords checked daily. There is a 30 day money back guarantee and no free tier in the published pricing. Two subscription tiers are shown as coming soon, $29 a month for Pro and $79 for Managed Growth, which the vendor states open only after the lifetime deal sells out. Where their content lands: Nowhere. looker.so produces no content. Its outputs are dashboards, keyword lists, audit findings, SERP history and shareable white label client reports. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and looker.so? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders: it plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts, then reports Search Console and conversion data for that site. looker.so, which is not Google's Looker at looker.com, is a bring your own key SEO measurement suite: daily rank tracking, keyword research, domain analysis, site audits and AI visibility. One produces content, the other measures position. Neither replaces the other. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. looker.so: An SEO measurement suite that runs on your own DataForSEO key: rank tracking, keyword research, domain analysis, site audits and AI visibility. Unrelated to Google Looker. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. looker.so: None. looker.so has no editor, no article generation and no CMS integrations, because it produces nothing to publish. - What it measures. Blogged: Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries, top pages and indexing coverage for the blog it hosts, plus CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes. looker.so: Daily keyword positions on Google and Bing by location and device, a year of SERP history, site audit findings, domain teardowns and AI mention counts, on any public domain. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year, including 30 posts and 40 Topics a month. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. looker.so: A one time lifetime license sold on a rising ladder of $99, $149 and $199, capped at 125 seats in total. Which band is live depends on how many have sold. Your DataForSEO spend is separate and ongoing. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. looker.so: No free tier appears in the published pricing, and a new workspace stays locked until a plan is purchased. There is a 30 day money back guarantee, a free public SERP volatility page at /pulse that needs no account, and a Try it free CTA on the keyword research page. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who need a blog to exist, run itself, and show what it converts. looker.so: SEOs and agencies who already have content going out and need daily positions, audits and client reports across many domains. ### Choose Blogged if - Nothing is being published. A rank tracker will measure an empty blog very accurately and change none of it. Blogged supplies the strategy, the Topics, the drafts, the images and the schedule. - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from reuse. - You need to know what the blog earns, not only where it sits. Insights reports CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Approved Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot may publish. ### Choose looker.so if - You need to know your position for named keywords, daily, in a specific country, region or city, on desktop and on mobile. Blogged has no rank tracker at all, so this is not a close call. - You report to clients on sites you do not host. looker.so turns any project into a live report on your logo, agency name and domain with no powered by footer, no client seat and no per report fee, leaving only a small Verified by looker.so seal that a hide provider branding toggle can remove. Blogged reports inside the product on the one blog it hosts. - You need to look at domains you do not own. Site audits, ranking keyword lists, traffic estimates and Ahrefs Domain Rating all work on any public domain, which is how competitor teardowns and prospect pitches actually get done. - Content is already going out and the open gap is measurement, not production. Buying a writing platform will not tell you which of last quarter's posts moved. - You want an agent to drive the stack. looker.so exposes 45 MCP tools and a REST API covering projects, keywords, scans, audits, research and AI visibility, with cost annotations on the calls that spend money. ### What looker.so does better than Blogged - It answers the measurement questions Blogged cannot answer at all. Unlimited keywords checked daily on Google and Bing, targeted to a country, region or city and to desktop or mobile, with a year of daily history and a Spyglass replay of the actual results page on any past day, your listing highlighted and the competitors above and below it. Blogged has none of this. - It works on any public domain, with no ownership and no connection required. Crawl a competitor's site for technical and on page issues ranked by severity, pull its ranking keywords, position distribution, top pages and traffic estimate, and read an Ahrefs Domain Rating taken from the endpoint Ahrefs publishes free. Blogged reports only on the blog site it serves for you. - The pricing shape is genuinely different, not just cheaper. One payment for the software, on a three band ladder that starts at $99, rises through $149 and ends at $199, capped at 125 seats in total, then ranking data metered straight to your own DataForSEO account at the provider's rate with no markup. It is the honest version of a cost comparison, and it means the software stops charging you. - White label client reporting is included rather than a tier. Any project becomes a live public page carrying your logo, agency name, accent color and your own domain, with optional password and expiry, section by section visibility toggles and a domain anonymizer for case studies. Clients need no account and cost you no seat. Blogged publishes no equivalent client report. - It is built to be driven by software. A REST API and a native MCP server expose 45 tools covering the whole product, with org scoped keys, read only tools annotated as safe to auto approve, and paid runners that state what they bill before they run. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, and a Search Console connection, not an API that drives the pipeline end to end. - It measures AI answers, which Blogged does not measure at all. Brand mention counts on ChatGPT and Google AI Overviews, share of voice against named competitors, the exact pages models cite, and a Prompt Explorer that runs one prompt across ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini and Perplexity side by side. ### Research and strategy - Keyword volume, difficulty and CPC on demand Blogged: Partial. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound keyword knowledge and Autopilot turns it into approved Topics. Blogged runs no keyword difficulty database of its own and publishes no volume or CPC figures. looker.so: Yes. One seed expands to up to 200 ideas per lookup with search volume, the DataForSEO Labs 0 to 100 difficulty score, CPC, intent and a 12 month trend, all billed to your own key. - A supply of topics you can actually publish Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. looker.so: No. looker.so returns keyword lists and audit findings. Turning one into a topic, a brief or an article is work that happens somewhere else. - Competitor keywords you do not yet rank for Blogged: No. Blogged produces no keyword gap report. Competitor Watch follows what competitors publish, not the terms they rank for. looker.so: Yes. Domain Overview lists every keyword a domain ranks for with position, volume and URL, a separate gaps view surfaces terms a competitor holds and you do not, and any row can be added to tracking in one click. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds what you write Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. looker.so: Partial. Competitor teardowns and audits run whenever you ask for them, against any domain, but nothing watches a competitor on a schedule. The scheduled cadence, the rank changed webhook and the whats_changed diff feed all cover keywords you already track, not a rival's domain. looker.so lists competitor rank tracking on its own roadmap. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are excluded from normal reuse. looker.so: No. looker.so stores rankings, keyword lists, SERP history and audit results. It generates no text, so there is nothing for a fact base to ground. ### Producing and publishing - Writes the article Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar and carries a separate GEO checklist. Plans allow 30, 60 or 90 posts a month. looker.so: No. looker.so does not write. Its public pages describe no article generation, no drafting and no editor, and its product surface carries no content route. - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. looker.so: No. Nowhere. looker.so ends at a dashboard, a keyword list, an audit report or a shareable client report, and none of those are a published page on your site. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Webflow or Shopify Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. looker.so: No. looker.so publishes no CMS integrations, because there is nothing to send. It reads sites rather than writing to them. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. looker.so: No. looker.so has no image capability. Client reports carry your logo and accent color, which is report branding rather than article imagery. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. looker.so: Partial. You set a checking cadence per project: daily, every three days, weekly, monthly, or manual only, plus an on demand recheck. That schedules measurement, not publication. ### Rank and SERP measurement - Daily keyword position tracking Blogged: No. Blogged is not a rank tracker. There is no daily position check for a keyword you nominate, and no location or device targeting. Search Console average position is a reported average, not a tracked rank. looker.so: Yes. Unlimited keywords checked daily on Google and Bing, targeted to a country, region or city and to desktop or mobile, with AI Overview citations and Google Map Pack position recorded alongside the organic result. - The results page as it looked on a past day Blogged: No. Insights reports Search Console figures on Google's finalized windows. Blogged stores no results page and cannot show who ranked above you on a given day. looker.so: Yes. Spyglass replays the captured results page for any tracked keyword on any day in the last year, with your listing ringed in place and the competitors above and below it. - Whether AI assistants name your brand Blogged: No. The editor carries a GEO checklist applied while a post is written. Blogged does not measure whether an assistant or an AI Overview mentions you afterwards. looker.so: Yes. Mention counts on ChatGPT and Google AI Overviews, share of voice against named competitors and the pages models cite. looker.so describes this as a lookup you run rather than a continuous tracker. - A site wide technical audit crawl Blogged: No. Blogged runs no crawler over your site. The editor scores an individual post for readiness, blockers and SEO pillars before that post goes out. looker.so: Yes. Crawls any public domain and returns a health score plus issues ranked critical, warning and notice, covering broken links, redirect chains, indexability, titles, meta descriptions, headings, alt text, duplicate and thin pages, orphan pages and canonicals. - Backlink authority and domain strength Blogged: No. Blogged holds no backlink index and reports no authority score. It does no off site link work of any kind. looker.so: Partial. Domain Overview shows a traffic estimate, ranking keyword count, position distribution and top pages, plus an Ahrefs Domain Rating taken from the free public endpoint Ahrefs publishes. There is no backlink index of its own. ### Reporting, outcomes and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. looker.so: No. Google Search Console integration is listed on looker.so's roadmap rather than among shipped features, and no Search Console setting, route or endpoint appears in the product. Its numbers come from live results page checks on your key instead. - What a published post actually converts Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. looker.so: No. looker.so measures position and mentions. It does not own a destination, so it has no view of a reader who arrived, a CTA that was seen, or a lead that resulted. - Reports you can put a client's branding on Blogged: No. Blogged brands the blog site it hosts and reports inside the product. It publishes no white label client report you can send under your own domain. looker.so: Yes. Any project becomes a live public report on your logo, agency name, accent color and domain, with no powered by footer and no signup CTA, optional password and expiry, section visibility toggles, PDF export and a domain anonymizer. A small Verified by looker.so seal vouches that the numbers came from a real check, and a hide provider branding toggle exists. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. looker.so: No. There is nothing to hold. looker.so publishes no content, so governance over what may go live does not apply to it. - Driving the whole product from an API or an AI agent Blogged: Partial. Blogged publishes webhooks for lead capture, submits sitemaps and runs URL inspection through Search Console, and serves docs at docs.blogged.dev with llms.txt. It does not publish an API that drives the content pipeline end to end. looker.so: Yes. A REST API and a native MCP server expose 45 tools across projects, keywords, scans, audits, research, domain analysis and AI visibility, with org scoped keys and cost labels on the calls that spend money. ### A tracker reports the number. Blogged is what changes it. looker.so answers where you stand: which position, on which engine, in which city, on which device, and what the results page looked like on the day it moved. That is a real job and Blogged does not do it. What looker.so does not do is produce anything that changes the position, because it writes nothing and publishes nothing. Blogged runs the other half of the problem: strategy, Topics, drafting, optimization, internal links, imagery, scheduling and publication onto a blog site it hosts. If the blog is empty, a better tracker measures the same emptiness more precisely. - Blogged: Strategy, topic supply, drafting, optimization, internal links, imagery, scheduling and publication in one system. - Blogged: 30 to 90 posts and 40 to 120 Topics a month by plan, on a blog site Blogged builds and hosts. - Blogged: Grounding in the Knowledge Engine, so the article is bound to recorded facts about your own product. - Blogged: Search Console and conversion reporting on the pages it published, so the loop closes on the same site. - looker.so: Daily positions for unlimited keywords on Google and Bing, by location and device, at provider cost. - looker.so: A year of daily history and a replay of the captured results page for any tracked keyword on any past day. - looker.so: Site audits, domain teardowns, keyword research and AI mention counts behind the same login. - looker.so: The boundary is clean in practice: every published page is about measurement, and nothing in the product claims to produce content. ### looker.so measures any domain. Blogged measures the blog it hosts. looker.so needs no ownership and no connection. Paste any public domain and it will crawl it, list the keywords it ranks for, estimate its traffic and read its Domain Rating, which is exactly what makes it work for agencies, competitor teardowns and prospect pitches. Blogged reports only on the blog site it serves for you: Search Console figures for that property, indexing coverage, CTA views, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes. Neither scope contains the other. The question worth asking is whether the gap you have is coverage across many sites or depth on one. - Blogged: Connected Search Console reporting for the property Blogged publishes to: clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries, top pages and indexing coverage. - Blogged: First party reporting the tracker cannot see: homepage engagement, on site search demand and reader feedback. - Blogged: Conversion on the destination: CTA views with a stated denominator, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. - Blogged: Published boundaries: no person level identity stitching and no causal attribution claims. - looker.so: Any public domain works, with no verification step and no connection to set up. - looker.so: Audit a prospect's site before a pitch, or benchmark a competitor's technical health against your own. - looker.so: Ranking keywords, position distribution and top pages for a domain you have no access to. - looker.so: White label reports mean the same coverage can be handed to a client under your own brand. ### One payment plus metered data, or a monthly price with the work included. looker.so sells the software once. The ladder runs $99, then $149, then $199 for the final seats, 125 in total, after which the vendor states the lifetime deal closes and monthly tiers open. Checked in August 2026 the $99 band had sold out and $149 was live. The ranking data is separate and does not stop: every check bills to your own DataForSEO account, and looker.so's own calculator puts 500 keywords checked daily at about $71 a month. Blogged charges $99 a month per Project, and the content is what you are buying: 30 posts, 40 Topics and 150 images on Starter, with unlimited team seats. Compare the whole bill, not the headline. - Blogged: $99, $169 or $229 a month per Project, or $990, $1,690 and $2,290 a year, which is ten months paid for twelve. - Blogged: The price includes the writing, the images, the blog site and the hosting. There is no second meter behind it. - Blogged: Multi Project discounts by position: 10 percent on Projects 2 to 4, 15 percent on 5 to 10, 20 percent on 11 to 20. - Blogged: A 3 day trial with a card at checkout, which is a short look and worth knowing before you start. - looker.so: One payment for the software, then no subscription for it. That is unusual and it is a real advantage. - looker.so: A 30 day money back guarantee stands in for a trial, so you can evaluate on real client projects. - looker.so: Data at provider cost on your own key, around half a cent per scheduled check, with no markup added. - looker.so: The metered half scales with keyword count and check frequency, so the total is yours to control and yours to watch. ### These are not alternatives, so decide which gap is open. Most pages on this site compare two products competing for the same budget line. This one does not. A team can run looker.so for daily positions, competitor teardowns and client reporting, and run Blogged for the blog those positions depend on, and the two overlap on almost nothing except the word SEO. The honest way to choose, if you can only buy one, is to name what is missing. If posts are going out and you cannot see what they rank for, buy the tracker. If you can already see in detail how little you rank for because nothing is being published, a tracker will not change that number. - Blogged: Buy Blogged when the blog does not exist, is not being updated, or is being written by whoever has time that week. - Blogged: It replaces the production work: research, drafting, optimization, imagery, scheduling, publication and the site itself. - Blogged: It closes its own loop on the pages it published, from a CTA view to a lead or a subscriber. - Blogged: It is the wrong buy if your content operation is already healthy and only the measurement is missing. - looker.so: Buy looker.so when content is shipping and you cannot see its position, its SERP history or its audit debt. - looker.so: It is the better buy for an agency reporting across client domains it does not host. - looker.so: It is a sensible companion rather than a replacement, and its own material never claims otherwise. - looker.so: Running it alongside Blogged costs one payment plus your metered data, not a second subscription. ### Switching from looker.so to Blogged 1. Keep the tracker running. There is nothing to migrate, because the two products hold different records. Leave looker.so tracking the keywords it already tracks, on the projects it already has. Blogged does not replace a rank tracker and does not try to, so treat this as an addition rather than a switch. 2. Point Blogged at the product, not at a keyword list. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. A keyword export is not the input Blogged is looking for, so spend the setup time on product facts, competitor facts and official sources instead. 3. Choose the destination and connect Search Console. Blogged publishes to a blog site it hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Connect Search Console to the property that will own those pages, then add the terms those posts target to looker.so so the tracker starts watching what Blogged publishes. 4. Approve Content Directions, then read the two reports for different questions. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, and switch on full Autopilot once the Content Directions read the way you want. From then on, read Blogged for clicks, indexing coverage and lead conversion on the blog it hosts, and read looker.so for daily position, SERP history and audit debt across every domain you care about. ### Is looker.so the same as Google Looker? No. This page is about looker.so, an independent SEO measurement suite that tracks rankings, researches keywords, audits sites and reports AI mentions. Google Looker, at looker.com, is a business intelligence and data visualization platform with no connection to it. The names collide and the products do not overlap in any way. ### Is looker.so better than Blogged? It depends on whether your gap is measurement or production. If content is already going out and you cannot see where it ranks, looker.so is the better buy, because Blogged has no rank tracker at all. If nothing is being published, a tracker will measure that accurately and change none of it, and Blogged is what fills the blog. ### Can I use both looker.so and Blogged? Yes, and for many teams that is the sensible answer. Blogged writes and publishes to the blog it hosts and reports Search Console and conversion data for it. looker.so tracks daily positions for keywords you nominate, audits any domain and white labels a client report. Neither one covers the other's job, so running both is not a duplicate purchase. ### How much does looker.so cost compared with Blogged? looker.so sells a one time lifetime license on a rising ladder of $99, $149 and $199 across 125 seats. Checked in August 2026, the $99 band had sold out and $149 was live, and the price only rises from there. Ranking data bills separately to your own DataForSEO account, which the vendor's calculator puts at roughly $71 a month for 500 keywords checked daily. Blogged is $99 a month per Project and includes the writing, the images and the hosted blog. ### Does Blogged track keyword rankings? No. Blogged is a blog platform, not an SEO suite. There is no daily keyword position tracking, no SERP feature tracking, no site wide technical audit crawler, no backlink index and no keyword difficulty database. Blogged does report connected Google Search Console data for the blog it hosts, including average position by query, but a reported average is not a tracked rank. ### What is the best looker.so alternative? For the measurement job, the alternatives are the subscription trackers looker.so positions itself against, including Ahrefs, AccuRanker and keyword.com, or SEOvision if AI visibility is the part you care about most. Blogged is not an alternative to looker.so. It produces and publishes the content a tracker measures, which is a different purchase entirely. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. looker.so does not publish to WordPress either, or anywhere else, because it produces no content. ### Does looker.so report Google Search Console data the way Blogged does? Not today. Google Search Console integration is listed on looker.so's roadmap rather than among shipped features, alongside rank drop email and Slack alerts, and no Search Console connection appears anywhere in the product or the API reference. Its measurement comes from live results page checks billed to your DataForSEO key instead. Blogged reports connected Search Console data, but only for the blog site it hosts, which is a narrower property. ## Blogged vs SEO Copilot URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-seo-copilot Competitor: SEO Copilot (https://seocopilot.ai) Category: A broad AI SEO suite covering audits, page optimization, rank tracking, backlinks and local SEO, with a blog generator that publishes into WordPress Their positioning: SEO Copilot sells one platform for the whole SEO workload. Its product tour lists twelve tools: site optimizer, keyword research, competitor analysis, content gap, blog generator, AI content writer, page builder, speed optimizer, search insights, AEO and GEO, backlink automation and link explorer. The pitch is execution rather than research, applying fixes in one click and pushing them to a site you already run. It publishes ten comparison pages, against Ahrefs, SEMrush, Moz, Surfer SEO, SE Ranking, Search Atlas, Alli AI, ClickRank, Nightwatch and Gumloop. Every one is an SEO suite, a rank tracker, an optimization tool or a general automation platform, and not one is an AI blogging tool, which is the category it believes it competes in. Their pricing: $49 a month for Starter, which buys 30 blog generations, 5 websites and 10 target pages. Growth is $99 for 60 blogs and 15 websites, and Pro is $179 for 100 blogs and 25 websites. Annual billing is marketed at 20 percent off, putting Starter at $468 a year. Agency tiers run $299 to $1,199 a month, and a $0 Free tier covers one website. Where their content lands: A site you already run. WordPress is the destination for finished articles, with Shopify, WooCommerce and Webflow connected for pushing metadata and on page changes. SEO Copilot does not host a blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and SEO Copilot? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. SEO Copilot is a broad AI SEO suite of about twelve tools covering audits, rank tracking, page optimization, backlinks and local SEO, in which a blog generator is one tab that publishes into WordPress. The sharpest difference is scope: a toolbox you operate, or one job run end to end. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. SEO Copilot: An all in one AI SEO suite that audits pages, tracks rankings, applies on page fixes in one click, and generates blog content as one of twelve tools. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. SEO Copilot: Into a site you already run. The blog generator syncs finished articles to WordPress, and Shopify, WooCommerce and Webflow take metadata and on page changes. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. SEO Copilot: $49 a month for Starter, or $468 a year at the 20 percent annual rate. Growth is $99 and Pro is $179. Agency tiers start at $299. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229, on one Project. SEO Copilot: 30, 60 or 100 blog generations a month by plan, spread across 5, 15 or 25 websites, alongside separate caps for AI writing and page building. - Free trial. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. SEO Copilot: 7 days, stated as no credit card required. A $0 Free tier covers one website and five blog generations. Whether Free continues past the trial window is not published. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. SEO Copilot: Teams and agencies that want audits, rank tracking, on page fixes and content across several client sites on one bill. ### Choose Blogged if - The blog is the job, not one item on an SEO backlog. Blogged runs strategy, topic supply, drafting, optimization, internal linking, imagery, scheduling, publication and reporting in one system, so there is no tool to open and no next step to remember. - You do not want to run a CMS. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether Autopilot is allowed to publish, rather than a person catching it in review. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, and excludes stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries from reuse. - You want the real product in the article. Blogged discovers and captures visuals from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved image exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation instead of letting the model draw it. ### Choose SEO Copilot if - Your problem is the whole site, not the blog. Rank tracking, technical audits, Core Web Vitals, page speed work, schema and sitemap generation, backlink analysis and Google Business Profile all sit in SEO Copilot's subscription. Blogged has none of them and states so. - The pages that need work already exist. One click optimization applies metadata, headings, schema and internal links to pages you have already published, on 20 pages at Starter and every page at Pro. Blogged only produces new blog posts and never touches your pricing or product pages. - You run more than one site. SEO Copilot's individual plans cover 5, 15 or 25 websites on a single bill, and agency tiers run from 40 projects to unlimited. Blogged is priced per Project, with a discount by position and a ceiling of 20 Projects. - Your blog lives in WordPress and it is not moving. SEO Copilot syncs finished articles into it and Blogged publishes into no existing CMS at all. - You want to try it without a card. SEO Copilot states a 7 day trial with no credit card and a $0 Free tier, where Blogged asks for a card and gives you 3 days. ### What SEO Copilot does better than Blogged - It costs less for the same number of posts. $49 a month buys 30 blog generations against Blogged's $99 for 30, and $99 buys 60 against Blogged's $169 for 60. The same subscription also covers up to 15 websites and eleven other tools, where Blogged prices each Project separately. - It is a real SEO suite and Blogged is not. Site auditing, technical SEO, Core Web Vitals monitoring, page speed optimization, position tracking, rank movement alerts, competitor backlink analysis, link gap analysis, schema, sitemap and robots generation, and Google Business Profile management are all in the product. Blogged publishes its own limit here: no rank tracker, no backlink index, no site wide audit crawler. - It fixes pages that already exist. One click optimization writes metadata, headings, schema and internal links onto your live pages and pushes them to WordPress, covering 20 pages on Starter and all pages on Pro. Blogged only produces blog posts, so every page on your marketing site is outside what it will touch. - You can evaluate it for longer, and without a card. SEO Copilot states a 7 day free trial with no credit card, and lists a $0 Free tier covering one website and five blog generations. Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. - It tracks visibility inside AI assistants, not just readiness for them. AI Citation Tracking, AI Brand Monitoring and Competitor AI Visibility cover ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity and AI Overviews on 10 or 50 pages by plan. Blogged carries a GEO checklist in the editor, which helps a post be citable but does not tell you whether it was cited. - It is built for agencies running many clients. Individual plans already carry 5 to 25 websites, and agency tiers run from 40 projects to unlimited. SEO Copilot's site also states SOC 2 Type II along with GDPR and ISO 27001 alignment, where Blogged publishes a policy center with a DPA and a subprocessor list and no security certification. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. SEO Copilot: Yes. Keyword research is metered by request, at 50 on Starter and 200 on Growth, and covers search intent, difficulty, People Also Ask, and Reddit and Quora discussions. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge, with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. SEO Copilot: Not published. SEO Copilot connects your site and syncs pages, metadata and content structure. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. SEO Copilot: Partial. Competitor Analysis and Content Gap Analysis are run on demand and metered by request, at 10 on Starter and 30 on Growth. Traffic share benchmarking sits alongside them. The published model is analysis you request rather than monitoring that arrives. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. SEO Copilot: Not published. SEO Copilot describes growth roadmaps and prioritized recommendations. No public page describes a rule set that generation is checked against before a post is written. - Rank tracking and keyword position monitoring Blogged: No. Blogged has no rank tracker and no keyword difficulty database of its own. Insights reports average position from a connected Search Console property, which is a different thing. SEO Copilot: Yes. Position tracking is a core module, with tracked keyword counts rising by plan to unlimited on Pro, plus rank movement alerts delivered weekly, daily or in real time. ### Writing and optimization - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. SEO Copilot: Partial. SEO Copilot states content score tracking and shows a per article content score in its product material. No public page describes blockers that hold an article back from publication. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. Internal links are managed in the editor across the posts Blogged hosts, and the blog site generates related reading between them. SEO Copilot: Yes. Internal link suggestions are a named feature, basic on Starter and advanced above it, and generated articles are stated to carry internal links. Link suggestions also apply to pages you already have. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. SEO Copilot: Not published. SEO Copilot states that articles are built from keyword data, competitor pages and search intent signals. No public page states whether generated claims carry citations. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. SEO Copilot: Partial. AI image generation is listed as an integration, producing optimized visuals with alt text and compression. Image compression is metered by plan. No public page describes placing approved screenshots of your own product. - Optimizing pages you have already published Blogged: No. Blogged produces blog posts and revises them 1 to 3 times by plan. It does not audit or rewrite your marketing site, and there is no bulk programmatic page generator. SEO Copilot: Yes. One click optimization rewrites metadata, headings, content, internal links and schema on existing pages and pushes the result live, covering 20 pages on Starter and every page on Pro. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. SEO Copilot: Yes. In WordPress. The blog generator's published flow ends by syncing the finished article to your WordPress site in one click. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Webflow Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. SEO Copilot: Partial. WordPress is described as taking content updates as well as metadata and schema. Shopify, WooCommerce and Webflow are described as taking metadata, headings and structured data, not finished articles. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography and layout, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. SEO Copilot: No. SEO Copilot optimizes and publishes into a site you already run and does not host one. Its AI Page Builder creates landing pages, service pages and content hubs, which is page building rather than a blog front end. - A publishing schedule and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. SEO Copilot: Not published. Recurring scheduling is documented for audits, monitoring and reporting, weekly to continuous by plan, and for Google Business Profile posts. No public page states that blog articles publish on a recurring calendar rather than on a click. - Technical audits and page speed work on the wider site Blogged: No. Blogged has no site wide technical audit crawler and does no page speed work. It is a blog platform, and the blog site it serves is the only surface it maintains. SEO Copilot: Yes. Technical SEO audits, Core Web Vitals monitoring, one click speed optimization, image compression and a render blocking script optimizer are all in the product, metered by plan. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. SEO Copilot: Yes. Search Console is a listed integration feeding impressions, clicks and keyword positions. The vendor's own pricing page is inconsistent about which plans include it: the feature matrix shows Search Console on every tier, while the plan data behind the same page lists Search Console analytics only on Growth and above. Confirm with the vendor before buying on it. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. SEO Copilot: Partial. Google Analytics 4 and Tag Manager are connected so engagement and conversion data sit next to SEO performance. The numbers come from analytics you run on a site you own rather than from instrumentation SEO Copilot places. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. SEO Copilot: Not published. No public page states whether SEO Copilot places signup forms or CTAs, which follows from it not owning the destination site. Forms would belong to whatever your CMS already runs. - A path that can refuse to publish Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. SEO Copilot: Not published. SEO Copilot describes one click optimization, auto publishing and autonomous agents that execute tasks, with an outline approval step shown in the blog flow. No public page describes a check that can stop a publication on its own. - Visibility tracking inside AI assistants and answer engines Blogged: Partial. The editor carries a GEO checklist alongside the SEO breakdown, which prepares a post to be cited. Blogged does not report whether an assistant cited it. SEO Copilot: Yes. AI Visibility Tracking, AI Citation Tracking, AI Brand Monitoring and Competitor AI Visibility cover ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity and AI Overviews, on 10 or 50 pages by plan. ### Twelve tools you operate, or one job run end to end SEO Copilot is a suite, and that is the reason to buy it. The product tour lists twelve tools, and blog generation is one of them, sitting beside site auditing, rank tracking, speed work, backlink analysis and Google Business Profile management. The vendor is also clear about what it leaves you: its headline claim is automating up to 80 percent of repetitive SEO operations, which means a person still decides which tool to open and what to do with the output. Blogged is the opposite shape. It does one job, the blog, and runs all of it, from approved strategy through topic supply, drafting, optimization, interlinking, imagery and scheduling to publication and reporting. - Blogged: One surface for the whole loop, from approved Content Directions to a published post and its Search Console numbers. - Blogged: Autopilot holds the schedule, and the command center shows status, scheduled publications and a recovery trace. - Blogged: Volume is bounded and stated: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan. - Blogged: No rank tracker, no backlink index, no audit crawler. Blogged does not try to be a suite. - SEO Copilot: Twelve tools on one bill, from site optimizer and keyword research through to backlink automation and link explorer. - SEO Copilot: One click optimization applies metadata, headings, schema and internal links to pages you already have. - SEO Copilot: Automated audits run weekly, daily or continuously by plan, with rank movement alerts behind them. - SEO Copilot: Coverage reaches past the blog to product pages, landing pages, site speed and Google Business Profile. ### SEO Copilot publishes into WordPress. Blogged is the destination. SEO Copilot assumes you already run the site. Its blog generator flow ends by syncing the finished article to WordPress, and Shopify, WooCommerce and Webflow are connected for pushing metadata and on page changes rather than articles. Nothing on its site describes hosting: there is no subdomain to point, no theme to inherit and no blog front end included. Blogged is the other half of that arrangement, building, theming, hosting and maintaining the blog site so you point blog.yourcompany.com at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. If your blog already lives in WordPress and moving it is off the table, that one fact settles this comparison in SEO Copilot's favor. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - SEO Copilot: Finished articles sync into WordPress in one click, with no move and no redirects to plan. - SEO Copilot: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. - SEO Copilot: Shopify, WooCommerce and Webflow take metadata, headings and structured data from the same platform. - SEO Copilot: The same connection is used to push on page fixes, so writing and optimization land through one integration. ### One click to publish, or a system with a reason to stop SEO Copilot's vocabulary is about removing friction, and it works: one click optimization, auto publish, autonomous agents that execute tasks, and a Pro tier described as running SEO on autopilot. An outline approval step appears in its published blog flow, so a person can be in the loop. What no public page describes is a check that can decline. Blogged runs the other way around: Content Directions are approved before anything is written, full Autopilot may only publish inside them, a publication hold blocks a post whatever the schedule says, and competitor signals never become Topics without human review. The question this decides is who is responsible for catching a post that should not go out, you reading drafts or a system with a stated reason to stop. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person. Full mode may publish, but only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Published boundaries, including that grounding constrains reuse and does not certify correctness. - SEO Copilot: An outline approval step sits between the topic and the draft in the published blog flow. - SEO Copilot: Optimization is applied deliberately, page by page, rather than running unattended across a site. - SEO Copilot: Automated audits surface issues and recommendations continuously, so problems arrive before you look. - SEO Copilot: Recurring workflows can run a scheduled audit and post a priority task list to a team workspace. ### A search scan and a generated image, or a maintained fact base and your own screenshots SEO Copilot builds an article from search: keyword demand, competitor coverage, intent signals, People Also Ask, and discussions on Reddit and Quora, with AI image generation supplying visuals complete with alt text. For a page competing on a general topic that is a sound recipe. It is a weaker one for a SaaS article that has to be right about your own product, because none of those sources know it. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead, holding source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and excluding stale or conflicting entries from reuse. It also puts your real interface in the article, discovering site images and page captures, holding them for approval, placing the approved visual exactly, and compositing your approved logo after generation rather than letting the model draw it. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: Approved screenshots and page captures placed exactly, with the approved logo composited after generation. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - SEO Copilot: Topic discovery is grounded in live keyword demand, difficulty and trend data rather than a brief. - SEO Copilot: Competitor coverage and content gap analysis shape what the article needs to cover to compete. - SEO Copilot: Intent signals reach past the SERP into People Also Ask, Reddit and Quora discussions. - SEO Copilot: AI image generation supplies visuals with alt text and compression handled at the same time. ### Switching from SEO Copilot to Blogged 1. Separate the blog from the rest of the SEO work. Blogged replaces the blog generator tab, not the suite. Decide first what happens to rank tracking, site audits, page speed and backlink analysis, because Blogged does none of them. Many teams keep a tracker or an audit tool alongside Blogged, and that is a cost to budget rather than a gap to discover later. 2. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no WordPress connection to set up, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the time there rather than on integrations. 3. Bring the articles SEO Copilot already published. Export from WordPress and import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. Then choose a hosted Blogged subdomain, blog.yourcompany.com, or a reverse proxy under your existing path, and map redirects from the old WordPress URLs before you move traffic. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console to the property that will own the pages, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is SEO Copilot better than Blogged? It depends on how wide the problem is. If you need rank tracking, technical audits, page speed work and backlink analysis in the same subscription as the writing, SEO Copilot is the better buy, because Blogged does none of those and says so. If the blog is the job and you want it planned, written, governed, published and measured without you operating anything, Blogged fits better. ### What is the best SEO Copilot alternative? That depends which part you are replacing. For the suite itself, the products SEO Copilot compares against, such as Ahrefs, SEMrush and Surfer SEO, are the like for like alternatives. For the blog generation tab specifically, Blogged replaces it and adds the destination, the governance and the conversion reporting, but it will not replace the audit, rank tracking or backlink tools sitting beside it. ### How much does SEO Copilot cost compared with Blogged? SEO Copilot Starter is $49 a month for 30 blog generations across 5 websites, and Pro is $179 for 100. Blogged is $99, $169 and $229 for 30, 60 and 90 posts a month, on one Project. At the same $99 a month, SEO Copilot Growth includes 60 blog generations across up to 15 websites, and Blogged Starter includes 30 posts on one Project. SEO Copilot is the cheaper line item at every volume, and covers eleven other tools. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress is a requirement, SEO Copilot syncs articles into it and Blogged does not. ### Is this the same as the free AI SEO Copilot app for Webflow? No, and they are easy to confuse. AI SEO Copilot is a free, open source Webflow Designer app that runs on page checks against a page you have already written and explains how to fix them. It does not write or publish articles. SEO Copilot at seocopilot.ai is a separate paid platform from a different company, and it is the product compared on this page. ### Does SEO Copilot publish blog posts on a schedule? Not that its public pages state. SEO Copilot documents recurring scheduling for audits, monitoring and reporting, weekly to continuous by plan, and for Google Business Profile posts. For blog articles the published flow is one click generation followed by a sync to WordPress. Blogged's Autopilot holds a publishing schedule and cadence and can publish inside approved Content Directions without a click. ### Does Blogged replace an SEO suite? No, and it is worth being blunt about that. Blogged has no rank tracker, no backlink index, no keyword difficulty database of its own, no site wide technical audit crawler and no bulk programmatic page generator. It covers strategy, writing, optimization, internal linking, imagery, publishing and measurement on the blog it hosts. If you need the rest, you will keep buying it somewhere. ### What is the catch with letting Blogged host the blog? You do not own the platform the blog runs on, and leaving means moving content and URLs. Blogged lowers that cost by exporting posts as a Markdown download or copy and by keeping revision history with selective restore, but it is still a real dependency. It is the main thing to weigh before choosing a hosted blog over a CMS you control. ## Blogged vs One Blog a Day URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-oneblogaday Competitor: One Blog a Day (https://www.oneblogaday.com) Category: AI blog writing and autopilot publishing into a CMS you already run, sold mainly to small businesses on WordPress Their positioning: One Blog a Day describes a pipeline of specialist agents that reads your website, builds audience segments, discovers keywords, writes posts of 1,500 words or more with external citations and FAQ schema, generates an original featured image, and publishes into WordPress, Shopify or Wix on a schedule. It also drafts social posts, configures robots.txt and an llms.txt manifest on your domain, watches Search Console, and rewrites posts that slip in position. The buyer it addresses is a small business owner who has a website and no time, not only a software team. Their pricing: Free at $0 for 2 posts a month on one website, with no card and no time limit. Then $29 for 10 posts, $79 for 30 posts on three websites, and $149 for 50 posts on five websites. Monthly billing only: the pricing page carries no annual toggle and says annual plans are on the roadmap. Paid plans carry a 7 day refund window. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run: WordPress through a plugin or the REST API, Shopify, or Wix. The homepage also describes a one click CNAME that serves posts at blog.yourdomain.com and states the vendor never hosts blogs on oneblogaday.com, though its llms.txt also lists a hosted URL as a destination. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and One Blog a Day? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on what that blog converts. One Blog a Day is a cheaper content engine for small businesses on WordPress, Shopify, or Wix: it finds keywords, writes posts, makes a featured image, and publishes into that CMS. The sharpest difference is governance and conversion reporting. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project; One Blog a Day has a free plan. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts and themes for you. One Blog a Day: An AI content engine that discovers keywords, writes posts with a featured image, and pushes them into a site you already run. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. One Blog a Day: Into WordPress by plugin or REST API, Shopify, or Wix. The homepage also offers a one click CNAME that serves posts at blog.yourdomain.com. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. One Blog a Day: Free for 2 posts a month, then $29, $79 and $149. Monthly billing only, with no annual option published. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229 per Project. One Blog a Day: 2, 10, 30 or 50 posts a month. A post a day is the $79 Growth plan, not the whole product. - Try before you buy. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. One Blog a Day: A free plan at 2 posts a month with no card and no time limit, though Autopilot, Search Console and CMS publishing are not on it. Paid plans carry a 7 day refund window. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, and who do not want to own a CMS. One Blog a Day: Small businesses and agencies with a WordPress, Shopify or Wix site they are keeping, who want volume at the lowest price per post. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not want to run a CMS at all. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, with navigation, featured stories, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls, and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. - You need to know what the blog earns. Insights reports CTA views, click through, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution on the site Blogged owns, and a CTA view only counts once at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport. - You want a documented reason a post did not go out. Approved Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether full Autopilot may publish, rather than leaving the catch to whoever remembers to read the drafts. - The posts have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale, rejected or conflicting entries from normal reuse. - You want your real product in the article. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation rather than letting a model draw it. ### Choose One Blog a Day if - Your blog lives in WordPress, Shopify or Wix and it is not moving. One Blog a Day publishes into all three and Blogged publishes into none of them. That single fact settles it, whatever the rest of this page says. - Budget is the constraint. $79 a month buys the same 30 posts a month Blogged Starter allows, and the free plan lets you read 2 finished posts before paying anything at all. - You want old posts looked after. It watches Search Console for posts losing position and rewrites them against the current keyword landscape, metered per month on Growth and above. Blogged does not do this automatically. - You run several sites on one bill. Growth covers three websites at $79 and Scale covers five at $149. Blogged prices per Project from $99, with a multi Project discount of 10 to 20 percent by position, so five sites cost meaningfully more. - You want the post promoted as well as published. Social posts are metered on every paid plan, named as LinkedIn and X on the WordPress page and as three networks on the homepage, and robots.txt and an llms.txt manifest are configured on your own domain. Blogged does none of that. ### What One Blog a Day does better than Blogged - It costs less at every comparable point. The free plan is 2 posts a month with no card and no time limit, Starter is $29, and Growth at $79 buys the same 30 posts a month Blogged Starter allows. Blogged starts at $99 and gives you 3 days with a card taken at checkout, which is a shorter look at a higher commitment. - It publishes into the CMS you already run. WordPress through a plugin listed on WordPress.org or the REST API, plus Shopify and Wix, with SEO fields written into whichever of Yoast, Rank Math, AIOSEO, SEOPress or The SEO Framework you have installed. Blogged publishes into none of them. - It maintains published posts. Search Console rankings feed a refresher that rewrites posts as they slip, metered at 15 rewrites a month on Growth and 30 on Scale. Blogged meters AI regeneration at one to three per post and has no detector that queues a refresh for you. - It carries more of the machinery around a post than Blogged does. Every article ships with FAQ schema and Person JSON-LD carrying an author profile you fill in at onboarding, robots.txt configured for named AI crawlers, and an llms.txt manifest rebuilt on your domain each time you publish. Its WordPress.org listing adds BlogPosting and BreadcrumbList JSON-LD when no SEO plugin is installed, so a site running Yoast or Rank Math gets those from the plugin instead. Blogged publishes a GEO checklist and does not publish any of these. - It is cheaper per site for multi site work. Growth covers three websites and Scale covers five on one $149 bill, with API access at the top tier. Blogged charges per Project, so an agency reaches a much larger number for the same site count. ### Strategy and topic supply - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. One Blog a Day: Yes. Keyword discovery draws on the audience segments built from your site, Search Console history and competitor ranking data, deduplicated against what you have already published. The pricing page meters runs at 1, 3, 7 and 15 a month by plan, and the homepage cards list a higher set, so confirm the allowance before buying on it. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, verified facts, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. One Blog a Day: Not published. The site is read on first run to extract what you sell and build audience segments, and each post is researched as it is written. No public page describes a stored fact base with per fact sources, freshness or conflict handling. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. One Blog a Day: Partial. Competitor mining is listed on Growth and Scale, and a scout agent looks at what competitors rank for that you do not. No public page describes how often it runs, how many competitors it covers, or a signal feed you review. - An approved strategy that bounds what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. One Blog a Day: Partial. A brand voice profile is built from your site and can be edited in settings, and the WordPress changelog lists a reject button for generated posts in the Assist mode review queue. No public page describes an approved rule set that later generation is checked against. - Starting without an existing website Blogged: Yes. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description, or product documents, and you connect a domain when you are ready. Blogged is a route to a first blog, not only an addition to a site you have. One Blog a Day: Partial. Every published onboarding path begins with a website URL that the system reads to understand the business, and the paid tiers assume a CMS to publish into. No page describes starting from a product description or documents. ### Writing, imagery and structure - Long form posts written to a stated standard Blogged: Yes. The editor scores content readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist alongside taxonomy and post settings. One Blog a Day: Yes. The vendor states every post runs a multi stage pipeline and lands at 1,500 words or more in your brand voice, with known AI slop patterns scrubbed and an editor pass on the final draft. No per post score is published. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. One Blog a Day: Yes. The vendor states every post ships with external citations drawn from more than 800 vetted sources, alongside FAQ schema and front loaded answers. This is a real capability, not a gap. - Internal links across your own posts Blogged: Yes. A drafting run inserts internal links itself, already published posts take up to ten more each time a post publishes, and Blogged links only to destinations it has verified are live. The blog site also generates related reading. One Blog a Day: Yes. Internal links are pulled from your real sitemap, so a post can link the pages you already have rather than only its own siblings. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, places an approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. One Blog a Day: Partial. One original featured image is generated per post, compressed to WebP and uploaded to the media library, with premium variants on Scale. No public page describes in article images, capture of your real site, or any logo handling. - Author and article schema written into every post Blogged: No. The editor carries SEO and taxonomy fields and a GEO checklist for how a post is structured. Blogged does not publish an author schema or per article JSON-LD feature, and this is a real gap against this competitor. One Blog a Day: Yes. FAQ schema and Person JSON-LD are stated on every post, carrying an author profile with name, title, bio, credentials, photo and LinkedIn that you fill in at onboarding. Its WordPress.org listing says BlogPosting and BreadcrumbList are injected only when no SEO plugin is installed, while its own plugin page states them unconditionally. - Article generation in languages other than English Blogged: No. Blogged does not publish a multilingual generation capability. Assume English until it does. One Blog a Day: Not published. No public page mentions language selection or non English output either way, so treat it as unanswered rather than absent. ### Publishing and destination - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. One Blog a Day: Yes. In WordPress, Shopify or Wix, in the right category with metadata in place, or at blog.yourdomain.com through a one click CNAME. Posts also export as Markdown, HTML or plain text. - Pushes posts into WordPress, Shopify or Wix Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and for a team keeping its current site that is the main reason to rule Blogged out. One Blog a Day: Yes. A WordPress plugin listed on WordPress.org since May 2026, plus the WordPress REST API, Shopify and Wix. The plugin writes SEO fields into Yoast, Rank Math, AIOSEO, SEOPress or The SEO Framework. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, newsletter and product CTAs, responsive previews, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. One Blog a Day: Partial. The CNAME option gives posts a home at blog.yourdomain.com so ranking signal credits your domain. No public page describes a theme, homepage, navigation, on site search or related reading around those posts. Otherwise the design is whatever your CMS already has. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing cadence and schedule under manual control, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. One Blog a Day: Yes. The pricing page states the Autopilot cadence by plan: none on Free, twice a week on Starter, daily on Growth and unlimited on Scale. The vendor describes it as running on a natural schedule with human like timing. - Refreshing posts that are already live Blogged: Partial. A published post stays editable by hand with no cap, and AI regeneration is metered at 1 to 3 per post by plan, with revision history and selective restore. There is no automatic detector that queues a refresh for you. One Blog a Day: Yes. Search Console rankings are watched per post, and a post that starts slipping is queued, rewritten against the current keyword landscape and republished. Metered at 15 a month on Growth and 30 on Scale, and not offered below Growth. - Distribution beyond the blog itself Blogged: No. Blogged covers the blog, its newsletter and its CTAs. There is no social posting, no off site link building, and no syndication of any kind. One Blog a Day: Yes. Social posts are metered at 10, 30 and 50 a month by paid plan, and the WordPress page names LinkedIn and X and states they are ready to share or auto publish. The homepage names three networks. ### Measurement and governance - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. Search Console sync is on every paid plan. One Blog a Day: Partial. Search Console rankings and indexing requests are included on Growth and Scale, metered at 50 and 200 indexing requests a month. The pricing table shows neither on Free or Starter, though the homepage Starter card disagrees. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes, channels and campaigns. One Blog a Day: No. Reporting is search side: rankings, indexing and an SEO health dashboard. Because posts land in a site the vendor does not own, measuring what a post converts stays with whatever analytics that site already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. One Blog a Day: Not published. No public page describes a signup form, lead capture surface or CTA block on a published post. If your CMS already has one, the post simply appears inside it. - A governed check that can stop a publication Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, the review queue is governed rather than advisory, and a person can still publish by hand at any time. One Blog a Day: Partial. Assist mode holds every post for your approval and the vendor states no blog goes live without it, with a reject button in the review queue. Its Terms then state that enabling full Autopilot publishes to your CMS without manual approval and that reviewing content is your responsibility. The check is a person, not a rule the system enforces. - Running several sites on one subscription Blogged: Partial. Each site is a separate Project priced on its own, with a discount by position: Projects 2 to 4 take 10 percent off, 5 to 10 take 15 percent and 11 to 20 take 20 percent, up to 20 Projects. Team seats are unlimited on every plan. One Blog a Day: Yes. One website on Free and Starter, three on Growth and five on Scale, all on a single $149 bill at the top tier. Subdomains of one domain count as one website. No seat count is published. ### A blog site that is run for you, or a supply line into the site you have One Blog a Day assumes you already have a site worth feeding. It reads it, writes for it, and pushes finished posts into WordPress, Shopify or Wix, and if you have no CMS it will serve posts at blog.yourdomain.com through a CNAME so the ranking signal credits your domain. Blogged assumes the opposite: it builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site, with navigation, featured stories, reader search, related reading, newsletter signup and product CTAs on it. Neither is a hosted blog in the same sense, and the honest test is not where the file lands but how much site comes with it. One Blog a Day publishes a post to a subdomain; Blogged publishes a blog. - Blogged: Maintained themes, brand identity, typography, homepage content and navigation ship with the site. - Blogged: On site reader search, related reading, newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog on every plan. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com, or serve under yourcompany.com/blog by reverse proxy. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no plugin to keep compatible, no theme to update. - One Blog a Day: Publishes into WordPress by plugin or REST API, plus Shopify and Wix, into the right category with metadata set. - One Blog a Day: Writes SEO fields into Yoast, Rank Math, AIOSEO, SEOPress or The SEO Framework, whichever you already run. - One Blog a Day: A one click CNAME serves posts at blog.yourdomain.com for teams with no CMS to push into. - One Blog a Day: Your existing design, URL structure and analytics stay exactly where they are. ### Review that you remember to do, or a check that stops the post Both products separate assisted running from full automation, and it would be wrong to suggest otherwise. One Blog a Day names an Assist mode on Starter and a full Autopilot above it, and its Assist mode is a real gate: every post is held for approval, the vendor states no blog goes live without it, and the review queue carries a reject button. Its Terms then state that enabling full Autopilot publishes to your connected CMS without manual approval, and that reviewing content before publication is your responsibility. So the check exists, and it is a person rather than a rule the system enforces. Blogged puts the check in the system instead: Content Directions are approved before Autopilot may write inside them, the review queue is governed rather than advisory, and a publication hold blocks publication whatever the schedule says. The difference is who is accountable for catching the bad post. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy full Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person; full mode may publish only after checks pass. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication outright, and a person can publish by hand at any time. - Blogged: Competitor Watch signals never become Topics without human review. - One Blog a Day: An assisted tier on Starter and a full Autopilot above it, so automation is a choice rather than the only mode. - One Blog a Day: The vendor states you can review and edit every post before it goes live. - One Blog a Day: The pipeline scrubs known AI slop patterns before publish and runs an editor pass that reviews the final draft for quality. - One Blog a Day: The homepage states that a post you decide not to publish does not count against your monthly limit. ### Cited research per post, or a fact base that is kept One Blog a Day grounds writing properly for the price. It reads your site once to extract what you sell and build audience segments, then researches each post as it writes it and cites external sources, which the vendor puts at more than 800 vetted ones, all of it done per run. Blogged keeps a Knowledge Engine instead, holding source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, and excluding stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries from normal reuse. Blogged also states the boundary plainly: grounding constrains the context a model reuses, it does not certify that every generated claim is correct. If your product changes every few weeks and posts have to keep up, the maintained fact base is what you are paying the difference for. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: Approved site images and rendered page captures placed exactly, with your approved logo composited after generation. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - One Blog a Day: External citations on every post, which the vendor states are drawn from more than 800 vetted sources. - One Blog a Day: A first run read of your site extracts what you sell and builds audience segments, so there is little to brief. - One Blog a Day: An existing content audit maps what you have already published so topics are not repeated. - One Blog a Day: One original featured image per post, compressed to WebP and uploaded to your media library. ### They are not the same purchase, and the price gap says so One Blog a Day sells to a plumber, a store owner and a small agency as readily as to a software team, and it prices for that: free to start, $79 for the same 30 posts a month Blogged Starter allows, $149 for five sites. Blogged sells one thing to SaaS founders, at $99 per Project, and spends the difference on the parts that only matter once the blog is a channel you are accountable for: the site itself, governance over what publishes, a fact base about your own product, and reporting that follows a reader from a CTA view to a lead. If you want volume onto an existing site at the lowest cost per post, the cheaper tool is the right tool and this page should not talk you out of it. - Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month at $99, $169 and $229, with unlimited team seats on every plan. - Blogged: Annual billing is ten months, and multi Project pricing discounts by position up to 20 percent. - Blogged: Every feature is on every tier: only volume changes between Starter and Ultra Growth. - Blogged: A 3 day trial with a card at checkout, which is a shorter look than the free plan next door. - One Blog a Day: A free plan at 2 posts a month with no card, so you can read finished output before paying. - One Blog a Day: $29, $79 and $149 tiers, with a stated cost per post between $2.63 and $2.98. - One Blog a Day: Capabilities are tiered, not just volume: Search Console, competitor mining and content refresh start at Growth. - One Blog a Day: Monthly billing only, cancel any time, with a 7 day refund window on paid plans. ### Switching from One Blog a Day to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at a CMS. There is no connector to configure, because Blogged is the destination. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries that later generation is grounded in. Spend the setup time recording product facts rather than authorizing a CMS connection. 2. Bring the posts One Blog a Day already published. Export from WordPress, Shopify or Wix, or use the Markdown and HTML export in One Blog a Day, then import as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or treat a supported general article as a brief for a rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If posts were going into WordPress at an existing path, map redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and keep Search Console pointed at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, and add your competitors so Competitor Watch has something to work from. When the Content Directions read the way you want them to, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for the weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is One Blog a Day better than Blogged? For a small business with a WordPress, Shopify or Wix site it is keeping, yes. It publishes into all three, Blogged publishes into none of them, and it costs less at every tier. Blogged is the better buy if you have no CMS and do not want one, if you need governance over what publishes, or if you need to report what the blog converts rather than only where it ranks. ### What is the best One Blog a Day alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. To keep pushing posts into an existing CMS, Outrank and SEObot cover the same ground with more destinations. To replace the blog itself rather than feed one, Blogged and LotsBlog host the site instead. Blogged is the option built for SaaS teams that also want governance over publication and conversion reporting on the destination. ### How much does One Blog a Day cost compared with Blogged? One Blog a Day is free for 2 posts a month, then $29 for 10, $79 for 30 and $149 for 50, monthly only. Blogged Starter is $99 a month or $990 a year for 30 posts and 40 Topics, with Growth at $169 and Ultra Growth at $229. At matching volume Blogged costs more, and the extra buys the site, the governance and the conversion reporting. ### Which One Blog a Day plan actually gives you a post a day? The Growth plan at $79 a month. Despite the name, the allowance is 2 posts a month on Free, 10 on Starter, 30 on Growth and 50 on Scale, and the pricing page lists the Autopilot cadence as none, twice a week, daily and unlimited in that order. Do not read the product name as the entry plan. A daily cadence starts at the third tier. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress, Shopify or Wix? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If keeping the blog inside WordPress, Shopify or Wix is a requirement, One Blog a Day does that and Blogged does not. ### Does Blogged refresh posts that are already published? Not automatically, and this is the axis where One Blog a Day is the stronger product. It watches Search Console for posts losing position and rewrites them, metered at 15 a month on Growth and 30 on Scale. Blogged keeps published posts editable by hand with no cap and meters AI regeneration at 1 to 3 per post, but nothing queues a refresh for you. ### Why pay $99 when One Blog a Day starts free? Because they are not selling the same thing. The free plan is the generator with export, without Autopilot, CMS publishing or Search Console. Above that you are buying posts into a site you already run and maintain. Blogged is buying you the site, a fact base about your product, a check that can stop a publication, and reporting from CTA view to lead. If you do not need those, the cheaper tool is the right call. ### What should I verify before committing to either product? Both are young. One Blog a Day's WordPress plugin has been listed on WordPress.org since May 2026, and its homepage and pricing pages disagree about what the $29 Starter tier includes, the homepage Starter card shows content refresh and competitor mining as included while the pricing page shows both excluded, so confirm which applies before you buy on it. On the Blogged side, the trial is 3 days with a card at checkout, and hosting the blog means content and URLs move if you leave. ## Blogged vs Blogauto.ai URL: https://blogged.dev/compare/blogged-vs-blogauto Competitor: Blogauto.ai (https://blogauto.ai) Category: AI autoblogging that writes and publishes SEO articles into a WordPress site you already run, sold by the credit Their positioning: Blogauto.ai sells unattended daily publishing into a CMS you already run, and WordPress is the only destination it documents. You connect a site with a WordPress Application Password over the REST API, with no plugin installed. It researches your niche against live search data, generates a topic list and assigns each topic a primary keyword and four secondary keywords, or you upload your own topics as CSV or Excel. You then set article count, word count between 1,000 and 5,000, cadence, images per article and a start date. Claude writes the article, Gemini generates the images, and the finished post lands in WordPress with title, meta description, featured image and categories set, and RankMath or Yoast fields filled. An AI Humaniser and a manual SEO writer are available on every plan, both billed from the same credit balance. It is built by Webcomp Digitex in India and launched in 2025. Their pricing: $29 a month for Starter, shown on the pricing page as a reduction from $58, with Growth at $69, Business at $99 and Agency at $159. The Monthly and Annual toggle opens on Monthly, and annual bills ten times the monthly figure, so Starter is $290 a year, with a stated 30 percent credit bonus. Pricing is by credit rather than by post: a published article costs 10 to 15 credits by word count and AI images are charged on top. The homepage carries two cheaper tiers the pricing page does not, Micro at $5 and Basic at $15, and the two pages state different monthly credit allowances for every tier they share. Prices switch to rupees for buyers in India and are billed through Razorpay. Where their content lands: A CMS you already run. WordPress is the only destination with published setup documentation, over the REST API with an Application Password and no plugin installed. Blogauto.ai also claims Shopify, Ghost, Webflow and Zapier across its About, Contact, platform and industry pages, and its privacy policy names stored Shopify tokens, Ghost API keys and Webflow site IDs. Its user guide and Terms of Service cover WordPress alone. Blogauto.ai does not host the blog. Competitor material checked: August 2026 ### What is the difference between Blogged and Blogauto.ai? Blogged is an autonomous blog platform for SaaS founders. It plans, writes, optimizes, schedules, and publishes to a blog site it hosts on your subdomain, then reports on search and conversion. Blogauto.ai is an autoblogging service that generates SEO articles and publishes them straight into a WordPress site you already run, priced by credit from $29 a month. The sharpest difference is who owns the destination. Blogged starts at $99 per month per Project. ### At a glance - What it is. Blogged: An autonomous blog platform that plans, writes, optimizes, schedules and publishes to a blog site it hosts for you. Blogauto.ai: An autoblogging service that generates SEO articles on a schedule and publishes them into a CMS you already run. WordPress is the only destination with published setup documentation, and Shopify, Ghost, Webflow and Zapier are also claimed. - Publishing model. Blogged: A blog site Blogged hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or your existing path by reverse proxy. Blogauto.ai: Direct publishing into WordPress over the REST API with an Application Password. No plugin is installed and your theme and URLs stay as they are. - Entry price. Blogged: $99 a month per Project, or $990 a year. Unlimited team seats on every paid plan. Blogauto.ai: $29 a month for Starter, or $290 a year. The homepage also lists Micro at $5 and Basic at $15, which the pricing page does not carry. - Content volume. Blogged: 30, 60 or 90 posts a month by plan, at $99, $169 and $229. Blogauto.ai: Metered in credits, not posts. An article costs 10 to 15 credits by word count and images cost more, so the pricing page puts Starter at 100 articles a month without images or 29 with them. - Trying it first. Blogged: 3 days, with a card taken at checkout. Blogauto.ai: A free tier with no card, listed as $0 forever, with the Terms of Service adding that credits expire after twelve months of account inactivity. The pricing page describes it as three article credits on one site with no image generation, the homepage pricing card and the user guide as 50 credits. - Best for. Blogged: SaaS founders who want the blog itself run, governed and measured, without owning a CMS. Blogauto.ai: WordPress owners and agencies who want a high volume of scheduled articles landing in sites they already run, at the lowest cost per article. ### Choose Blogged if - You do not have a blog to publish into, or you do not want to run one. Blogged builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog site and serves it from blog.yourcompany.com or under your existing path through a reverse proxy. Blogauto.ai needs a WordPress site to exist first. - You need a documented reason a post did not go out. Approved Content Directions, a governed review queue and publication holds decide whether full Autopilot is allowed to publish, and a person can publish by hand at any time. - The articles have to be right about your own product. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts with official sources, freshness monitoring and conflict resolution, and excludes stale or conflicting entries from normal reuse. - You want to know what the blog earns rather than only that it published. Insights reports Search Console clicks, impressions, CTR and position alongside CTA views, click through, lead conversion and subscriber outcomes on the site Blogged owns. - You want your real product in the article. Blogged discovers images and rendered page captures from your site, holds them for approval, places the approved visual exactly, and composites your approved logo after generation rather than letting a model draw it. ### Choose Blogauto.ai if - Your blog already lives in WordPress and it is not moving. Blogauto.ai publishes into it over the REST API with no plugin, and Blogged does not push into WordPress at all. - Cost per article is the number you are optimizing. Starter is $29 a month and the pricing page puts it at 100 articles without images, against Blogged's 30 posts at $99. - You want to see output before paying anything. Blogauto.ai's free tier takes no card and is listed at $0 forever, though its Terms of Service say credits expire after twelve months of account inactivity, and you can publish the free articles to your live site to judge them. - You run many sites. Agency at $159 covers unlimited connected sites from one dashboard, with a free thirty minute onboarding call for accounts above five client sites. Blogged prices per Project and caps a workspace at twenty. - Your output varies month to month. Credits roll over while you stay subscribed and top ups are sold separately, so an unused month is not a lost allowance. ### What Blogauto.ai does better than Blogged - It costs less per article by a wide margin. Starter is $29 a month against Blogged's $99, and Blogauto.ai's own pricing page works the entry tier out at 100 articles a month without images or 29 with them, against 30 posts on Blogged Starter. For a buyer counting published articles per dollar, this is not close. - You can try it for nothing, with no card and no clock. The free tier is listed at $0 forever and the articles it generates publish to your live site, so you can judge real output on your own domain before paying. Blogged takes a card at checkout and gives you 3 days. - It publishes into WordPress, which Blogged does not do at all. The connection is the native REST API with an Application Password, and Blogauto.ai states that zero plugins are required and no third party code runs on your site, though the same page says the SEO fields are set via WPCode. The credential is scoped and revocable from your WordPress profile, and your theme, URLs and analytics stay exactly where they are. - It is priced for agencies and multi site owners. Agency at $159 a month covers unlimited connected sites from one dashboard with per site content plans, and accounts running more than five client sites are offered a free thirty minute onboarding call. Blogged prices per Project with a banded discount and a ceiling of twenty Projects in a workspace. - Metering is credits rather than a fixed monthly post allowance, and unused credits roll over while you stay subscribed, with top ups sold separately. A quiet month carries forward instead of expiring, and you can trade image generation against article count deliberately, which the pricing page recommends doing. - Every plan carries two tools Blogged does not offer: an AI Humaniser that rewrites pasted AI text, and a manual SEO writer for one off articles outside the schedule. Both draw on the same credit balance as the articles, at roughly five credits a Humaniser run. Bulk topic upload by CSV or Excel is included as well, with optional primary and secondary keyword columns, and the AI generates the primary keyword where you leave it blank. ### Strategy and research - Automated keyword research and a supply of topics Blogged: Yes. Autopilot keeps a bounded supply of Topics under approved Content Directions and refills it as posts are used. Plans allow 40, 80 or 120 Topics a month. Blogauto.ai: Yes. The content planner researches your site's niche against live search data and generates a topic list, then assigns each topic one primary and four secondary keywords. The Terms of Service name SerpApi among the third party services the platform integrates with. - Bringing your own topic list in bulk Blogged: Partial. A post can start from an approved Topic, a custom brief, or a Markdown import that either preserves the body exactly or is used as a brief for a rewrite. There is no bulk spreadsheet upload of a topic queue. Blogauto.ai: Yes. The content planner takes a CSV or Excel upload with a Topic column required, and optional Primary Keyword and Secondary Keywords columns that the AI fills where you leave them blank. Uploaded topics join the publish queue. - A maintained fact base the writing is bound to Blogged: Yes. The Knowledge Engine holds source bound product facts, competitor facts and keyword knowledge with official sources, verified facts, freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh. Stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries are not eligible for normal reuse. Blogauto.ai: Not published. Articles are written to your site's niche and tone from site context, and brand voice is described as learned from existing content. No public page describes a stored, verified fact base that later generation is checked against. - Recurring competitor monitoring that feeds topics Blogged: Yes. Competitor Watch runs weekly over approved competitors' feeds, sitemaps and bounded public pages. Signals carry source evidence and never become Topics without human review. 7, 15 or 25 tracked competitors by plan. Blogauto.ai: No. No public page describes competitor monitoring in the shipped product, and the About page lists competitor content gap analysis inside the topic planner as something the team is still building. - An approved strategy that limits what may be written Blogged: Yes. Content Directions are approved rules that bound what Autopilot may write, and full Autopilot publishes only inside them. Changing the strategy is an approval step, not a setting. Blogauto.ai: Partial. You review, edit, delete or add topics before saving the content plan, and set word count, cadence, image count and start date. The saved plan is a queue of topics rather than a rule set each draft is checked against. ### Writing and imagery - A readiness score before a post can go out Blogged: Yes. The editor scores readiness, lists blockers, breaks the score down by SEO pillar, orders the priority fixes, and carries a separate GEO checklist. Blogauto.ai: Partial. Articles are written to a stated structure with H1, H2 and H3 headings, a meta title and meta description, and RankMath or Yoast fields set automatically. No per article score is published. - Internal linking across your own posts Blogged: Yes. A drafting run inserts internal links itself, and published posts take up to ten added links each time a post publishes. Blogged links only to destinations it has verified are live, and the blog site generates related reading between posts. Blogauto.ai: Yes. The pricing page includes internal link automation in the credit price. The WordPress landing page is more specific and says Blogauto.ai crawls your site and adds two to four internal links per article. - Sources and citations attached to the article Blogged: Yes. The editor carries a sources and citations panel, and generation draws on the official sources recorded against verified facts in the Knowledge Engine. Blogauto.ai: Not published. No public Blogauto.ai page mentions citations, sources or references in generated articles. The Terms of Service state that generated content may contain unverified claims and put fact checking on the customer. - Images that show your real product Blogged: Yes. Blogged discovers site images and rendered page captures, holds them in a review queue until a member approves them, and places the approved visual exactly. 150 to 450 images a month by plan. Blogauto.ai: No. Images are AI generated, described on the About page as scene specific visuals via Google Gemini rather than stock photos, and on the pricing page as a multi-model image generation pipeline. No public page describes capturing imagery from your existing site. Per article caps run to three, five or ten images by plan. - Exact control of your logo in generated imagery Blogged: Yes. The approved logo is composited after generation rather than redrawn by the model, so the mark in the image is the mark you approved. Blogauto.ai: Not published. The Business tier accepts a brand logo, brand colors and director photos, and Growth adds reference photos. No public page states whether an uploaded logo is composited after generation or fed to the model as a reference. ### Publishing and hosting - Where a finished post actually ends up Blogged: Yes. On a blog site Blogged builds and hosts: a Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com when you connect a domain, or your existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. Blogauto.ai: Yes. In a CMS you already run, with title, slug, categories, tags, featured image, meta description and excerpt set. Shopify, Ghost, Webflow and Zapier are claimed on several pages and named in the privacy policy as stored credentials, though only WordPress carries setup documentation. - Pushes posts into WordPress Blogged: No. Blogged does not push into an existing CMS. It is the destination rather than a plugin, and that is the main reason to rule it out. Blogauto.ai: Yes. The native WordPress REST API with an Application Password generated under Users and Profile. No plugin is installed, the credential is scoped to creating posts, and you can revoke it from WordPress at any time. - A designed blog site you do not have to build Blogged: Yes. Maintained themes, brand identity, typography, homepage content, featured stories, navigation, on site reader search, related reading and consent controls all ship with the site. Blogauto.ai: No. Blogauto.ai writes into whatever WordPress theme you already run and states that WordPress remains your home base. The design, layout and hosting stay your responsibility. - Scheduling and cadence you control Blogged: Yes. Autopilot holds the publishing schedule and cadence, and the command center shows current status, scheduled publications and an activity and recovery trace. Blogauto.ai: Yes. You set frequency and start date in the content plan and choose a fixed schedule or a randomized spread. A Publish Now control generates and publishes one article immediately, ahead of the schedule, and deducts credits for it. - Editing and refreshing a post that is already live Blogged: Partial. A published post stays editable by hand with no cap, and AI regeneration of a post is metered at 1 to 3 per post by plan. Revision history keeps snapshots with selective restore. Blogged does not refresh published posts automatically. Blogauto.ai: Partial. The post is yours in WordPress the moment it lands, so editing is unmetered and uses your own editor. The user guide points you there for changes. No public page describes Blogauto.ai revisiting or rewriting a post it already published. ### Governance and measurement - Approving a draft before it goes live Blogged: Yes. Assisted Autopilot schedules drafts for human review, and a person can publish by hand at any time. Full Autopilot is the mode that publishes without waiting, and only after checks pass. Blogauto.ai: Not published. Blogauto.ai's pages disagree. The homepage, the WordPress landing page, the industry pages and the About page describe a review or approval step. The user guide FAQ says the workflow publishes on schedule automatically and that a pre publish review mode is on the roadmap. - A governance check that can block a publication Blogged: Yes. Full Autopilot publishes only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass. A publication hold blocks publication outright, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. Blogauto.ai: Partial. Publishing halts automatically when the credit balance reaches zero, with the plan and topic queue preserved, and the homepage says a scheduled post can be paused before it goes live. No public page describes a check that reads a draft and stops it. - Google Search Console reporting inside the product Blogged: Yes. Insights reports clicks, impressions, CTR, average position, top queries and top pages from a connected property, plus indexing coverage, on Google's finalized windows. Blogauto.ai: Not published. No public Blogauto.ai page describes a Search Console connection, and the dashboard is documented as a list of published articles with their live URLs, publish dates and status. The privacy policy does say the platform holds SEO performance metrics for content it publishes, without describing where they are surfaced. - Conversion measurement on the published blog Blogged: Yes. A CTA view counts only when at least 25 percent of the surface enters the viewport, so the denominator is stated. Insights adds click through, CTA breakdowns, lead conversion, subscriber outcomes and acquisition attribution. Blogauto.ai: No. Blogauto.ai does not own the destination site, so measuring what an article converts stays with whatever analytics your WordPress install already runs. - Newsletter signup and lead capture on the blog itself Blogged: Yes. Newsletter signup and product CTAs are part of the blog site on every plan, with lead capture webhooks and subscriber outcome reporting behind them. Blogauto.ai: No. Articles land in a site Blogauto.ai does not own, so signup forms, CTAs and the rest of the page belong to your WordPress theme and whatever plugins you run. ### Blogauto.ai fills a WordPress site. Blogged is the site. Blogauto.ai assumes you already have WordPress, and its entire first run is a connection to it: a URL, a username, and an Application Password generated under Users and Profile. Blogged assumes the opposite. It builds, themes, hosts and maintains the blog, and you point a subdomain at it or serve it under an existing path through a reverse proxy. Blogauto.ai states the choice itself on its About page, saying it built CMS integrations rather than trying to be a destination blogging tool. That one decision explains most of this page, including why Blogged can measure what a post converts and why Blogauto.ai cannot. - Blogged: A hosted blog site with maintained themes, navigation, on site reader search and related reading. - Blogged: Start on a Blogged subdomain, move to blog.yourcompany.com when the domain is ready. - Blogged: A reverse proxy option serves the blog under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog. - Blogged: No CMS to run, no theme to update, no WordPress security plugin to keep out of the way. - Blogauto.ai: Publishes into the WordPress you already run, with your theme and URLs untouched and generated images uploaded into your own media library. - Blogauto.ai: No plugin is installed. The connection is the native REST API and a scoped Application Password. - Blogauto.ai: You can revoke access from your WordPress profile at any time without affecting your main login. - Blogauto.ai: Everything published is immediately yours to edit in the editor your team already knows. ### Scheduled and unattended, or governed and able to stop Blogauto.ai's default is generate and publish: the plan runs, the article is written, the images are made, and it appears on your site, with an email telling you the URL. What happens before that is where its own pages disagree. The homepage, the WordPress landing page, the industry pages and the About page all describe review or approval before publishing, while the user guide FAQ says the workflow publishes on schedule automatically and that a pre publish review mode is on the roadmap. Blogged's answer is not a toggle at all: assisted Autopilot schedules drafts for review, full Autopilot may publish but only after approved Content Directions and governance checks pass, and a publication hold blocks a post whatever the schedule says. Blogauto.ai's Terms of Service, meanwhile, place responsibility for reviewing and fact checking every article on the customer. - Blogged: Content Directions are the approved strategy full Autopilot is allowed to write inside. - Blogged: Assisted mode schedules drafts that wait for a person, and anyone can publish by hand at any time. - Blogged: Publication holds block publication, and the review queue is governed rather than advisory. - Blogged: Competitor Watch signals never become Topics without human review. - Blogauto.ai: Unattended publishing is the point, and for a high volume program that is a feature rather than a gap. - Blogauto.ai: The homepage states that a scheduled post can be paused before it goes live. - Blogauto.ai: Publish Now forces one article out immediately when you want to move faster than the schedule. - Blogauto.ai: Publishing stops on its own at a zero credit balance, with the plan and topic queue preserved. ### A keyword from live search data, or a fact base you maintain Blogauto.ai grounds the plan rather than the prose: it researches your niche against live search data, names SerpApi among the services behind that, gives each topic one primary and four secondary keywords, and writes to your site's niche and tone. That is a good way to pick what to write about. Blogged adds a second layer underneath: the Knowledge Engine holds source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with an official source, and applies freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh so stale, rejected, superseded or conflicting entries drop out of normal reuse. Blogged also publishes the boundary plainly, that grounding constrains what a model may reuse and does not certify that every generated claim is correct. If your product changes often and the articles have to keep up with it, that difference is the whole argument. - Blogged: Source bound product, competitor and keyword facts, each with the official source recorded. - Blogged: Freshness monitoring, conflict resolution and controlled refresh, with stale entries excluded from reuse. - Blogged: A sources and citations panel in the editor, alongside the SEO and GEO checks. - Blogged: A published boundary: grounding constrains reuse, it does not certify correctness. - Blogauto.ai: Topic research runs against live search data, so the plan tracks what people are actually searching. - Blogauto.ai: Each topic carries one primary and four secondary keywords assigned automatically. - Blogauto.ai: Brand voice is learned from your existing content, and the Business tier takes a brand guidelines PDF. - Blogauto.ai: You can skip the research entirely and upload your own topic list as CSV or Excel. ### Articles by the credit, or a governed blog by the month The gap here is real and this page is not going to talk around it. Blogauto.ai Starter is $29 a month, and its own pricing page works that out at 100 articles without images or 29 with them, because an article costs 10 to 15 credits by word count and images are charged on top. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts, so on articles per dollar there is no contest. What the extra buys is a different unit: a hosted site, governance that can refuse, a maintained fact base, approved imagery, and reporting that follows a reader from a CTA view to a lead. Worth noting before you compare the credit tables, the vendor's homepage and pricing page state different monthly allowances for every tier they share, so confirm the number in the checkout rather than on a marketing page. - Blogged: 30, 60 and 90 posts a month at $99, $169 and $229, with every feature flag on at every tier. - Blogged: Unlimited team seats on every paid plan, and a multi Project discount by position up to twenty percent. - Blogged: Annual billing is ten months, so two months are free on any tier. - Blogged: The blog site, the CTAs on it, and the conversion reporting behind them are part of the same price. - Blogauto.ai: Starter is $29 a month and Agency is $159 for unlimited connected sites. - Blogauto.ai: Credits roll over while you stay subscribed, and top ups are sold outside the plan. - Blogauto.ai: Skipping AI images more than triples the article count on the pricing page's own figures, 100 against 29 on Starter, and the page recommends starting that way. - Blogauto.ai: A free tier with no card lets you publish real articles to your own site before deciding anything. ### Switching from Blogauto.ai to Blogged 1. Point Blogged at the product, not at WordPress. There is no Application Password to generate, because Blogged is the destination rather than a client of your CMS. Onboarding starts from a website URL, a product description or product documents, and builds the Knowledge Engine entries later generation is grounded in. Spend the setup time there instead of on the connection. 2. Bring the articles Blogauto.ai already published. Export the posts from WordPress and import them as Markdown. Blogged can preserve the body exactly, or use a supported general article as a brief for an AI rewrite. Unsupported high risk types are rejected before they consume post quota, so a bad import does not cost you a post. 3. Decide the destination and plan the redirects. Choose a hosted Blogged subdomain to start, blog.yourcompany.com once DNS is ready, or a reverse proxy under yourcompany.com/blog. If Blogauto.ai was publishing into yourcompany.com/blog inside WordPress, map redirects from the old URLs before you move traffic, and point Search Console at the property that will own the pages. 4. Approve Content Directions, then hand over the schedule. Start in assisted mode so scheduled drafts wait for review, which is a change of habit if you were used to articles appearing unannounced. When the Content Directions read the way you want, switch on full Autopilot, connect Search Console, and keep publication holds for weeks when nothing should go out. ### Is Blogauto.ai better than Blogged? For a WordPress owner who wants the most articles per dollar landing in a site they already run, yes. Blogauto.ai is cheaper, publishes into WordPress, and has a free tier with no card. If you have no blog yet, or you want the site, the governance and the conversion reporting handled in one place, Blogged fits better. Blogged cannot publish into WordPress at all. ### What is the best Blogauto.ai alternative? It depends which half you are replacing. For cheap credit metered articles pushed into a CMS, auto-post.io covers similar ground at a similar price, and SEObot does it with a wider set of destinations. For replacing the blog itself rather than feeding an existing one, Blogged hosts the site, governs what publishes, and reports on conversion. Outrank sits between the two at a higher price. ### How much does Blogauto.ai cost compared with Blogged? Blogauto.ai Starter is $29 a month or $290 a year, with Growth at $69, Business at $99 and Agency at $159. Pricing is by credit: an article costs 10 to 15 credits by word count and images cost more, so the pricing page puts Starter at 100 articles a month without images. Blogged Starter is $99 a month or $990 a year for 30 posts and 40 Topics, with unlimited team seats. ### Can Blogged publish to WordPress? No. Blogged hosts the blog itself rather than pushing posts into another system. You can serve it from a Blogged subdomain, from blog.yourcompany.com once you connect a domain, or under an existing path such as yourcompany.com/blog through a reverse proxy. If the blog has to stay inside WordPress, Blogauto.ai does that and Blogged does not, and that is the end of the comparison. ### Does Blogauto.ai let you review articles before they publish? Its own pages disagree, so check this in the product before you rely on it. The homepage, the WordPress landing page, the industry pages and the About page all describe a review or approval step before publishing. The user guide FAQ says the workflow currently publishes on schedule automatically, that you edit articles in WordPress after they go live, and that a pre publish review mode is on the roadmap. ### How does the Blogged trial compare with Blogauto.ai's free tier? Blogged gives you 3 days and takes a card at checkout. Blogauto.ai has a free tier listed at zero dollars forever with no card, described as three article credits on the pricing page and as 50 credits in the user guide, and the articles publish to your live site. If evaluating slowly and at no risk matters to you, that is a genuine advantage for Blogauto.ai and worth saying plainly. ### Why does Blogged cost so much more per article? It is not selling articles by the credit. Blogged Starter is $99 for 30 posts, and the price covers the hosted blog site, governance that can refuse to publish, a maintained fact base with sources, approved imagery, and reporting from Search Console through to lead conversion. If what you need is volume into a site you already run, that bundle is overhead and Blogauto.ai is the better buy. ### What is the catch with letting Blogged host the blog? You do not own the platform the blog runs on, and leaving means moving content and URLs. Blogged lowers that cost by exporting posts as a Markdown download or copy and by keeping revision history with selective restore, but it is still a real dependency. With Blogauto.ai the posts are in your WordPress database from the moment they publish, which is a genuine advantage worth weighing.